US20180169083A1 - Inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases and use in herpes and hepatitis viral infections therefor - Google Patents
Inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases and use in herpes and hepatitis viral infections therefor Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20180169083A1 US20180169083A1 US15/735,197 US201615735197A US2018169083A1 US 20180169083 A1 US20180169083 A1 US 20180169083A1 US 201615735197 A US201615735197 A US 201615735197A US 2018169083 A1 US2018169083 A1 US 2018169083A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- alkyl
- substituted
- groups
- herpesvirus
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 36
- 102000003832 Nucleotidyltransferases Human genes 0.000 title description 5
- 108090000119 Nucleotidyltransferases Proteins 0.000 title description 5
- XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N IDUR Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(I)=C1 XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 title description 4
- 206010057212 Hepatitis viral infections Diseases 0.000 title 1
- 206010019972 Herpes viral infections Diseases 0.000 title 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 178
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 84
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 claims abstract description 70
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 43
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 30
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 68
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 68
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 claims description 57
- 241000701074 Human alphaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 claims description 54
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 50
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims description 44
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 44
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 43
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 39
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 39
- 241000700588 Human alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 claims description 39
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 35
- -1 amino, carboxyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 27
- JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-NKWVEPMBSA-N lamivudine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)SC1 JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 claims description 25
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 20
- 229960001627 lamivudine Drugs 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 229960004150 aciclovir Drugs 0.000 claims description 16
- MKUXAQIIEYXACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N aciclovir Chemical compound N1C(N)=NC(=O)C2=C1N(COCCO)C=N2 MKUXAQIIEYXACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- WOZSCQDILHKSGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N adefovir depivoxil Chemical compound N1=CN=C2N(CCOCP(=O)(OCOC(=O)C(C)(C)C)OCOC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C=NC2=C1N WOZSCQDILHKSGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000003602 anti-herpes Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- VCMJCVGFSROFHV-WZGZYPNHSA-N tenofovir disoproxil fumarate Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O.N1=CN=C2N(C[C@@H](C)OCP(=O)(OCOC(=O)OC(C)C)OCOC(=O)OC(C)C)C=NC2=C1N VCMJCVGFSROFHV-WZGZYPNHSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 241000701085 Human alphaherpesvirus 3 Species 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 12
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 12
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 12
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000002777 nucleoside Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 11
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 claims description 10
- 229960001997 adefovir Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-CSMHCCOUSA-N telbivudine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-CSMHCCOUSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 229960004556 tenofovir Drugs 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 claims description 8
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 241001455656 Human betaherpesvirus 6B Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 241000701041 Human betaherpesvirus 7 Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 241000701093 Suid alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229960005311 telbivudine Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- 229960002963 ganciclovir Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- IRSCQMHQWWYFCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ganciclovir Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2COC(CO)CO IRSCQMHQWWYFCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- ZJAOAACCNHFJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonoformic acid Chemical class OC(=O)P(O)(O)=O ZJAOAACCNHFJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 101001033280 Homo sapiens Cytokine receptor common subunit beta Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 241001455657 Human betaherpesvirus 6A Species 0.000 claims description 5
- JNTOCHDNEULJHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Penciclovir Chemical compound N1C(N)=NC(=O)C2=C1N(CCC(CO)CO)C=N2 JNTOCHDNEULJHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- HDOVUKNUBWVHOX-QMMMGPOBSA-N Valacyclovir Chemical compound N1C(N)=NC(=O)C2=C1N(COCCOC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C)C=N2 HDOVUKNUBWVHOX-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960004396 famciclovir Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- GGXKWVWZWMLJEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N famcyclovir Chemical compound N1=C(N)N=C2N(CCC(COC(=O)C)COC(C)=O)C=NC2=C1 GGXKWVWZWMLJEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000055647 human CSF2RB Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960001179 penciclovir Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 229940093257 valacyclovir Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical group NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000230501 Equine herpesvirus sp. Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000007766 Kaposi sarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000701047 Gallid alphaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010078049 Interferon alpha-2 Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- QECVIPBZOPUTRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N=S(=O)=O Chemical group N=S(=O)=O QECVIPBZOPUTRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960005102 foscarnet Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960003507 interferon alfa-2b Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- MIXCUJKCXRNYFM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;diiodomethanesulfonate;n-propyl-n-[2-(2,4,6-trichlorophenoxy)ethyl]imidazole-1-carboxamide Chemical group [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C(I)I.C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N(CCC)CCOC1=C(Cl)C=C(Cl)C=C1Cl MIXCUJKCXRNYFM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 abstract description 19
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 abstract description 4
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 abstract description 4
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 66
- 101710203526 Integrase Proteins 0.000 description 48
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 41
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 39
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 38
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 37
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 35
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 32
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 31
- 0 CC1=CC=C(C)C(=O)C(O)=C1.[1*]C1=CC(=O)N(O[2*])C2=C1C=CC=N2.[3*]C.[4*]C1=CC(=C)N(O[5*])C([6*])=C1/C([8*])=N/[7*].[9*]C1=CC(=O)N(O[10*])C([11*])=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)C(=O)C(O)=C1.[1*]C1=CC(=O)N(O[2*])C2=C1C=CC=N2.[3*]C.[4*]C1=CC(=C)N(O[5*])C([6*])=C1/C([8*])=N/[7*].[9*]C1=CC(=O)N(O[10*])C([11*])=C1 0.000 description 30
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 29
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 29
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 28
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 26
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 24
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 20
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 19
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 18
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 15
- 208000002672 hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 12
- 230000004543 DNA replication Effects 0.000 description 11
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 11
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 11
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 10
- QDGZDCVAUDNJFG-FXQIFTODSA-N entecavir (anhydrous) Chemical compound C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)C1=C QDGZDCVAUDNJFG-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- BTSZTGGZJQFALU-UHFFFAOYSA-N piroctone olamine Chemical compound NCCO.CC(C)(C)CC(C)CC1=CC(C)=CC(=O)N1O BTSZTGGZJQFALU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 10
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 10
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 210000000234 capsid Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 9
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 9
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 8
- 108010061833 Integrases Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 8
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 8
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 229960000980 entecavir Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 230000002101 lytic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 8
- OIQJEQLSYJSNDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(=O)N(O)C(CC(C)CC(C)(C)C)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)N(O)C(CC(C)CC(C)(C)C)=C1 OIQJEQLSYJSNDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 7
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229940081510 piroctone olamine Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 108010040614 terminase Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 7
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101710142246 External core antigen Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 6
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 6
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 210000003501 vero cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- LTYPWDAORXWBGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(O)C(=O)C(O)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C(=O)C(O)=C1 LTYPWDAORXWBGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 5
- 229940124397 anti-herpes virus drug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007420 reactivation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108010052833 ribonuclease HI Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000011301 standard therapy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 4
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SGJLINMLDNLWOS-CXUHLZMHSA-N C/C(/C(C(C)=CC(N1O)=O)=C1O)=N\c(cccc1)c1N Chemical compound C/C(/C(C(C)=CC(N1O)=O)=C1O)=N\c(cccc1)c1N SGJLINMLDNLWOS-CXUHLZMHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000000419 Chronic Hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108060002716 Exonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 4
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 4
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000013553 cell monolayer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 102000013165 exonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 4
- 210000001853 liver microsome Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical class N* 0.000 description 4
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 4
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000306 recurrent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IGLYMJRIWWIQQE-QUOODJBBSA-N (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropan-1-amine (1R,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropan-1-amine Chemical compound N[C@H]1C[C@@H]1C1=CC=CC=C1.N[C@@H]1C[C@H]1C1=CC=CC=C1 IGLYMJRIWWIQQE-QUOODJBBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NOWRLNPOENZFHP-ARHDFHRDSA-N 1-[(1S,2S,4S,5R)-4-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-yl]thymine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1[C@H]2C[C@@]2(CO)[C@@H](O)C1 NOWRLNPOENZFHP-ARHDFHRDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LLKFNPUXQZHIAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(3-aminopropyl)-8-bromo-3-methyl-2h-pyrazolo[4,3-c]quinolin-4-one Chemical compound O=C1N(CCCN)C2=CC=C(Br)C=C2C2=C1C(C)=NN2 LLKFNPUXQZHIAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- UDYUIWXQUBNDHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(=O)N(O)C(COC2=CC=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)N(O)C(COC2=CC=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)=C1 UDYUIWXQUBNDHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 3
- VWFCHDSQECPREK-LURJTMIESA-N Cidofovir Chemical compound NC=1C=CN(C[C@@H](CO)OCP(O)(O)=O)C(=O)N=1 VWFCHDSQECPREK-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000016559 DNA Primase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010092681 DNA Primase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010002459 HIV Integrase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000007514 Herpes zoster Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010047761 Interferon-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000006992 Interferon-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 3
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108060004795 Methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 3
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 3
- HRCAONRBGYKVGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1C=C(NCC2=CC=CC=C2)C2=C(N=CC=C2)N1O Chemical compound O=C1C=C(NCC2=CC=CC=C2)C2=C(N=CC=C2)N1O HRCAONRBGYKVGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 206010034133 Pathogen resistance Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 3
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000007022 RNA scission Effects 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000025865 Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010000210 abortion Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 231100000176 abortion Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229960003205 adefovir dipivoxil Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 3
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004087 cornea Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000000120 cytopathologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007614 genetic variation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011554 guinea pig model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 201000006747 infectious mononucleosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 3
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003228 microsomal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003419 rna directed dna polymerase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 3
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960003741 tranylcypromine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 3
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 2
- HVGNSPLLPQWYGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydroxy-6-propan-2-ylcyclohepta-2,4,6-trien-1-one Chemical compound CC(C)C=1C=CC(O)=C(O)C(=O)C=1 HVGNSPLLPQWYGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZXAICCBFIBBVAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-4h-isoquinoline-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(O)C(=O)CC2=C1 ZXAICCBFIBBVAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AZKSAVLVSZKNRD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].S1C(C)=C(C)N=C1[N+]1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NN1C1=CC=CC=C1 AZKSAVLVSZKNRD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010001779 Ancrod Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 2
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PBAPKDNYOVLWAA-GRXQUXNLSA-N C=C1C=C(C)C(/C(C)=N/C2=CC=CC=C2N)=C(O)N1O.C=C1C=C(C)C=C(COC2=CC=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)N1O.CCC1=CC=CC(C2=CC=C(CC3=CC(=O)N(O)C4=C3C=CC=N4)C=C2)=C1.O=C1C=C(NCC2=CC=CC=C2)C2=C(N=CC=C2)N1O Chemical compound C=C1C=C(C)C(/C(C)=N/C2=CC=CC=C2N)=C(O)N1O.C=C1C=C(C)C=C(COC2=CC=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)N1O.CCC1=CC=CC(C2=CC=C(CC3=CC(=O)N(O)C4=C3C=CC=N4)C=C2)=C1.O=C1C=C(NCC2=CC=CC=C2)C2=C(N=CC=C2)N1O PBAPKDNYOVLWAA-GRXQUXNLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MNMNTZYOZZLKSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)=CCC1=C(C(C)C)C=C(O)C(=O)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)=CCC1=C(C(C)C)C=C(O)C(=O)C=C1 MNMNTZYOZZLKSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SCKYRAXSEDYPSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(=O)N(O)C(C2CCCCC2)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)N(O)C(C2CCCCC2)=C1 SCKYRAXSEDYPSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O Chemical compound CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020004638 Circular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150026402 DBP gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940127399 DNA Polymerase Inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000012270 DNA recombination Methods 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000010201 Exanthema Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N Guanosine Chemical class C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010078851 HIV Reverse Transcriptase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000700739 Hepadnaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000700586 Herpesviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001502974 Human gammaherpesvirus 8 Species 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000032420 Latent Infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000605340 Luzuriaga Species 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 208000006758 Marek Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000036626 Mental retardation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRVFUGCWHJJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCC1=CC=CC(C2=CC=C(CC3=CC(=O)N(O)C4=C3C=CC=N4)C=C2)=C1 Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC(C2=CC=C(CC3=CC(=O)N(O)C4=C3C=CC=N4)C=C2)=C1 IJGRVFUGCWHJJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090001074 Nucleocapsid Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000700732 Orthohepadnavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010033799 Paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940122488 Primase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 2
- 101710188315 Protein X Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000003251 Pruritus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013616 RNA primer Substances 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 2
- 101150003725 TK gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101150099321 UL42 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010052104 Viral Regulatory and Accessory Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WXJFKKQWPMNTIM-VWLOTQADSA-N [(2s)-1-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)-3-hydroxypropan-2-yl]oxymethyl-(3-hexadecoxypropoxy)phosphinic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOCCCOP(O)(=O)CO[C@H](CO)CN1C=CC(N)=NC1=O WXJFKKQWPMNTIM-VWLOTQADSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007824 aliphatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001118 alkylidene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940002637 baraclude Drugs 0.000 description 2
- IVZKZONQVYTCKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N bay 57-1293 Chemical compound N=1C(C)=C(S(N)(=O)=O)SC=1N(C)C(=O)CC(C=C1)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 IVZKZONQVYTCKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- RICLFGYGYQXUFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N buspirone hydrochloride Chemical compound [H+].[Cl-].C1C(=O)N(CCCCN2CCN(CC2)C=2N=CC=CN=2)C(=O)CC21CCCC2 RICLFGYGYQXUFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 2
- 108091092356 cellular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000013330 chicken meat Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960000724 cidofovir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000037771 disease arising from reactivation of latent virus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007247 enzymatic mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940074057 epivir hbv Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002169 ethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 201000005884 exanthem Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004392 genitalia Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940097709 hepsera Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002390 heteroarenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002440 hydroxy compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940124524 integrase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002850 integrase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007803 itching Effects 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 231100000053 low toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004779 membrane envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N muconic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=CC=CC(O)=O TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MNHNIVNAFBSLLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)-n-[2-[4-(1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)anilino]-2-oxoethyl]-1,1-dioxothiane-4-carboxamide Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1N(C(=O)C1CCS(=O)(=O)CC1)CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(C2=NOC=N2)C=C1 MNHNIVNAFBSLLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940127073 nucleoside analogue Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229950001046 piroctone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002987 primer (paints) Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 206010037844 rash Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000025889 stromal keratitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000009044 synergistic interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003419 tautomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960001355 tenofovir disoproxil Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960004693 tenofovir disoproxil fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000010415 tropism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940063032 tyzeka Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006490 viral transcription Effects 0.000 description 2
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-LNVDRNJUSA-N (3r,5r)-1,3,4,5-tetrahydroxycyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical class O[C@@H]1CC(O)(C(O)=O)C[C@@H](O)C1O AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-LNVDRNJUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N (S)-camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- AMMPLVWPWSYRDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(C(O)=O)CCC1(C)C=C2 AMMPLVWPWSYRDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- NTOIKDYVJIWVSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydroxy-2,3-bis(4-methylbenzoyl)butanedioic acid Chemical class C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C(=O)C(O)(C(O)=O)C(O)(C(O)=O)C(=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 NTOIKDYVJIWVSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WXTMDXOMEHJXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=CC=C1O WXTMDXOMEHJXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHXCAFKFSYKTJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,6-diaminopyrimidin-4-yl)oxyethoxymethylphosphonic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC(OCCOCP(O)(O)=O)=NC(N)=N1 GHXCAFKFSYKTJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGTUPRIZNBMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 YGTUPRIZNBMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxynaphthalene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=C(O)C=CC2=C1 UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-cyclopentylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1CCCC1 ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RJWBTWIBUIGANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 RJWBTWIBUIGANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWQSAIIDOMEEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,5-Dimethyl-4-(3-oxobutyl)dihydro-2(3H)-furanone Chemical compound CC(=O)CCC1CC(=O)OC1(C)C AWQSAIIDOMEEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001492267 Alcelaphine gammaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001120493 Arene Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000008682 Argonaute Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088141 Argonaute Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701397 Avihepadnavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000323799 Bat Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000004569 Blindness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011691 Burkitt lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AWJYLZHOTQFSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CCC=CC1.C1=CCCC=C1.C1=CCCCC1.C1CCCCC1 Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CCC=CC1.C1=CCCC=C1.C1=CCCCC1.C1CCCCC1 AWJYLZHOTQFSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQCOFJDXSGAKJV-FLUUQROZSA-N C=C1C=C(C)C=C(COC2=CC=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)N1O.CC1=CC(=O)N(O)C(O)=C1/C(C)=N/C1=CC=CC=C1N Chemical compound C=C1C=C(C)C=C(COC2=CC=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)N1O.CC1=CC(=O)N(O)C(O)=C1/C(C)=N/C1=CC=CC=C1N PQCOFJDXSGAKJV-FLUUQROZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBRMOTRVRAGWAM-FLUUQROZSA-N C=C1C=C(C)C=C(OCC2=CC=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)N1O.CC1=CC(=O)N(O)C(O)=C1/C(C)=N/C1=CC=CC=C1N Chemical compound C=C1C=C(C)C=C(OCC2=CC=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C=C2)N1O.CC1=CC(=O)N(O)C(O)=C1/C(C)=N/C1=CC=CC=C1N XBRMOTRVRAGWAM-FLUUQROZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YCNZQCHRKUNNQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C2.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(CC2=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1C(C)(C)C.CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C2.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(CC2=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2)C=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1C(C)(C)C.CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C(C)(C)C YCNZQCHRKUNNQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNPPMTNAJDCUHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)C NNPPMTNAJDCUHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAGPUUQFKSWSOR-UHFFFAOYSA-O CC(C=C(N1O)OCc(cc2)ccc2Oc(cc2)ccc2Cl)=CC1=[OH+] Chemical compound CC(C=C(N1O)OCc(cc2)ccc2Oc(cc2)ccc2Cl)=CC1=[OH+] FAGPUUQFKSWSOR-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- OIQJEQLSYJSNDS-UHFFFAOYSA-O CC(CC(C)(C)C)CC(N1O)=CC(C)=CC1=[OH+] Chemical compound CC(CC(C)(C)C)CC(N1O)=CC(C)=CC1=[OH+] OIQJEQLSYJSNDS-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- MUPLAPYUQISHTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC(C)(C)C1=CC2=C(C=C1)NC=C2 Chemical compound CC.CC(C)(C)C1=CC2=C(C=C1)NC=C2 MUPLAPYUQISHTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Caprylic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000005024 Castleman disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000006082 Chickenpox Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037051 Chromosomal Instability Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010010774 Constipation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010011224 Cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000938605 Crocodylia Species 0.000 description 1
- MIKUYHXYGGJMLM-GIMIYPNGSA-N Crotonoside Natural products C1=NC2=C(N)NC(=O)N=C2N1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O MIKUYHXYGGJMLM-GIMIYPNGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010011831 Cytomegalovirus infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-guanosine Natural products C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710150351 DNA polymerase processivity factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000033616 DNA repair Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007018 DNA scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000450599 DNA viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000052510 DNA-Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710116602 DNA-Binding protein G5P Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010011878 Deafness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010011891 Deafness neurosensory Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100300807 Drosophila melanogaster spn-A gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000725618 Duck hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010014612 Encephalitis viral Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100031780 Endonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067770 Endopeptidase K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710091045 Envelope protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010015108 Epstein-Barr virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000005866 Exanthema Subitum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124602 FDA-approved drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000002091 Febrile Seizures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701087 Felid alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000652 Flap endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940126656 GS-4224 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010048461 Genital infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282575 Gorilla Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700735 Ground squirrel hepatitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940099797 HIV integrase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000037952 HSV-1 infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019663 Hepatic failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019668 Hepatic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001688 Herpes Genitalis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004898 Herpes Labialis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009889 Herpes Simplex Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000175212 Herpesvirales Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000029433 Herpesviridae infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000358380 Hipposideros pomona Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021519 Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001272567 Hominoidea Species 0.000 description 1
- 101001050886 Homo sapiens Lysine-specific histone demethylase 1A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001128138 Homo sapiens NACHT, LRR and PYD domains-containing protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000981336 Homo sapiens Nibrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000711744 Homo sapiens Non-secretory ribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000643431 Homo sapiens Protein phosphatase Slingshot homolog 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010064899 Human Immunodeficiency Virus Ribonuclease H Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100195053 Human herpesvirus 1 (strain 17) RIR1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701068 Human herpesvirus 2 strain 333 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000282596 Hylobatidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100034349 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000012330 Integrases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000007993 Kaposi Varicelliform Eruption Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282675 Lagothrix Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000002 MTT assay Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000000134 MTT assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010059724 Micrococcal Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010053961 Mitochondrial toxicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000237852 Mollusca Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713869 Moloney murine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940123685 Monoamine oxidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-CCAGOZQPSA-N Muconic acid Natural products OC(=O)\C=C/C=C\C(O)=O TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-CCAGOZQPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031888 Mycoses Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001558500 Myotis capaccinii Species 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002454 Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061306 Nasopharyngeal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008457 Neurologic Manifestations Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010060860 Neurological symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100024403 Nibrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000015914 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010030216 Oesophagitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010067152 Oral herpes Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282579 Pan Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002151 Pleural effusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010035742 Pneumonitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282405 Pongo abelii Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009572 RNA Polymerase II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010009460 RNA Polymerase II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004570 RNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000053062 Rad52 DNA Repair and Recombination Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700031762 Rad52 DNA Repair and Recombination Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000018120 Recombinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010091086 Recombinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000035415 Reinfection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710162453 Replication factor A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710176758 Replication protein A 70 kDa DNA-binding subunit Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010038910 Retinitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100025290 Ribonuclease H1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000000505 Ribonucleotide Reductases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041388 Ribonucleotide Reductases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282849 Ruminantia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710176276 SSB protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000277331 Salmonidae Species 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical group [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000009966 Sensorineural Hearing Loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical group [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710126859 Single-stranded DNA-binding protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010042971 T-cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027585 T-cell non-Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101150048584 TRM3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003929 Transaminases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000340 Transaminases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150118251 UL23 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150015312 UL56 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010046980 Varicella Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700005077 Viral Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010087302 Viral Structural Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001492404 Woodchuck hepatitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000972172 Woolly monkey hepatitis B Virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005035 acylthio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006323 alkenyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003302 alkenyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000033 alkoxyamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005277 alkyl imino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004656 alkyl sulfonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006319 alkynyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005133 alkynyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229950006302 amenamevir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002399 angioplasty Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008485 antagonism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002259 anti human immunodeficiency virus agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124401 anti-hepatitis virus drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003622 anti-hsv Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940124522 antiretrovirals Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003903 antiretrovirus agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007416 antiviral immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000436 anus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009360 aquaculture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000144974 aquaculture Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000008365 aqueous carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001691 aryl alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000033590 base-excision repair Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(trichloro)silane Chemical compound Cl[Si](Cl)(Cl)CC1=CC=CC=C1 GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000023732 binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229950005107 brincidofovir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001169 brivudine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ca+2] AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000920 calcium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001861 calcium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical compound OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004970 cd4 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000034303 cell budding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007910 cell fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003855 cell nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005829 chemical entities Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000004709 chorioretinitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000007882 cirrhosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010009887 colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002301 combined effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007771 core particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000021921 corneal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006310 cycloalkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HCAJEUSONLESMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylsulfamic acid Chemical class OS(=O)(=O)NC1CCCCC1 HCAJEUSONLESMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N cytidine Chemical class O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001461 cytolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004163 cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000895 deafness Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J diphosphate(4-) Chemical class [O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(O)(=O)=O MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007877 drug screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003596 drug target Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010014197 eczema herpeticum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 206010014599 encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002472 endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000002587 enol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001667 episodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940072253 epivir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000006881 esophagitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003797 essential amino acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020776 essential amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanedisulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCS(O)(=O)=O AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanesulfonic acid Chemical class CCS(O)(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000744 eyelid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003754 fetus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009093 first-line therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000144992 flock Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001447 fomivirsen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XCWFZHPEARLXJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fomivirsen Chemical compound C1C(N2C3=C(C(NC(N)=N3)=O)N=C2)OC(CO)C1OP(O)(=S)OCC1OC(N(C)C(=O)\N=C(\N)C=C)CC1OP(O)(=S)OCC1OC(N2C3=C(C(NC(N)=N3)=O)N=C2)CC1OP(O)(=S)OCC1OC(N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)CC1OP(O)(=S)OCC1OC(N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)CC1OP(O)(=S)OCC1OC(N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)CC1OP(O)(=S)OCC1OC(N2C3=C(C(NC(N)=N3)=O)N=C2)CC1OP(O)(=S)OCC1OC(N2C(N=C(N)C=C2)=O)CC1OP(O)(=S)OCC(C(C1)OP(S)(=O)OCC2C(CC(O2)N2C(N=C(N)C=C2)=O)OP(O)(=S)OCC2C(CC(O2)N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)OP(O)(=S)OCC2C(CC(O2)N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)OP(O)(=S)OCC2C(CC(O2)N2C(N=C(N)C=C2)=O)OP(O)(=S)OCC2C(CC(O2)N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)OP(O)(=S)OCC2C(CC(O2)N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)OP(O)(=S)OCC2C(CC(O2)N2C(N=C(N)C=C2)=O)OP(O)(=S)OCC2C(CC(O2)N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)OP(O)(=S)OCC2C(CC(O2)N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)OP(O)(=S)OCC2C(CC(O2)N2C3=C(C(NC(N)=N3)=O)N=C2)OP(O)(=S)OCC2C(CC(O2)N2C(N=C(N)C=C2)=O)OP(O)(=S)OCC2C(CC(O2)N2C3=C(C(NC(N)=N3)=O)N=C2)O)OC1N1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1=O XCWFZHPEARLXJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical class [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102000034356 gene-regulatory proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006104 gene-regulatory proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000004946 genital herpes Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940029575 guanosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000016354 hearing loss disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ODZBBRURCPAEIQ-PIXDULNESA-N helpin Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(\C=C\Br)=C1 ODZBBRURCPAEIQ-PIXDULNESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000844 hepatocellular carcinoma Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001553 hepatotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005241 heteroarylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003084 hiv integrase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002349 hydroxyamino group Chemical group [H]ON([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002054 inoculum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940065638 intron a Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003253 isopropoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(O*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000654 isopropylidene group Chemical group C(C)(C)=* 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003893 lactate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100001231 less toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000225 lethality Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000001294 liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000007270 liver cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000835 liver failure Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000007903 liver failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014018 liver neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002690 malonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KJFBVJALEQWJBS-XUXIUFHCSA-N maribavir Chemical compound CC(C)NC1=NC2=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C2N1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O KJFBVJALEQWJBS-XUXIUFHCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035800 maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013372 meat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M methanesulfonate group Chemical class CS(=O)(=O)[O-] AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 1
- 108091070501 miRNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002679 microRNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002438 mitochondrial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000296 mitochondrial toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002899 monoamine oxidase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005087 mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 101150071637 mre11 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-hexanoic acid Natural products CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 201000011216 nasopharynx carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000004296 neuralgia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002547 new drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000633 nuclear envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004492 nuclear pore Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001293 nucleolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003891 oxalate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940002988 pegasys Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010092853 peginterferon alfa-2a Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009521 phase II clinical trial Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pivalic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(O)=O IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950009297 pivoxil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004983 pleiotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000017805 post-transplant lymphoproliferative disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WSHYKIAQCMIPTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;2-oxo-3-(3-oxo-1-phenylbutyl)chromen-4-olate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C=1C2=CC=CC=C2OC(=O)C=1C(CC(=O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 WSHYKIAQCMIPTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229950008007 pritelivir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002250 progressing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000009305 pseudorabies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005180 public health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002510 pyrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012207 quantitative assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011158 quantitative evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 101150010682 rad50 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CZFFBEXEKNGXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N raltegravir Chemical compound O1C(C)=NN=C1C(=O)NC(C)(C)C1=NC(C(=O)NCC=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)=C(O)C(=O)N1C CZFFBEXEKNGXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004742 raltegravir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009711 regulatory function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023504 respiratory system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000028617 response to DNA damage stimulus Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003873 salicylate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007790 scraping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012206 semi-quantitative assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000023573 sensorineural hearing loss disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001044 sensory neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100001251 short-term toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000001057 smooth muscle myoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010041232 sneezing Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011272 standard treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004274 stearic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000003265 stomatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035892 strand transfer Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003890 succinate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanyl Chemical compound [SH] PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001367 tartaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003892 tartrate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004213 tert-butoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(O*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003441 thioacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 1
- 230000002537 thrombolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002723 toxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091006106 transcriptional activators Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005945 translocation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000427 trigeminal ganglion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101150046896 trm1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000397 ulcer Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000024275 uncoating of virus Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000004291 uterus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000002498 viral encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001018 virulence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/4412—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/12—Ketones
- A61K31/122—Ketones having the oxygen directly attached to a ring, e.g. quinones, vitamin K1, anthralin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/4353—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/4375—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a six-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring heteroatom, e.g. quinolizines, naphthyridines, berberine, vincamine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/513—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. cytosine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/52—Purines, e.g. adenine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/52—Purines, e.g. adenine
- A61K31/522—Purines, e.g. adenine having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. hypoxanthine, guanine, acyclovir
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/66—Phosphorus compounds
- A61K31/662—Phosphorus acids or esters thereof having P—C bonds, e.g. foscarnet, trichlorfon
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/66—Phosphorus compounds
- A61K31/675—Phosphorus compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pyridoxal phosphate
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
- A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
- A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
- A61K31/7068—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid
- A61K31/7072—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid having two oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. uridine, uridylic acid, thymidine, zidovudine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
- A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
- A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
- A61K31/7076—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines containing purines, e.g. adenosine, adenylic acid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/19—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
- A61K38/21—Interferons [IFN]
- A61K38/212—IFN-alpha
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/20—Antivirals for DNA viruses
- A61P31/22—Antivirals for DNA viruses for herpes viruses
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C50/00—Quinones
- C07C50/26—Quinones containing groups having oxygen atoms singly bound to carbon atoms
- C07C50/28—Quinones containing groups having oxygen atoms singly bound to carbon atoms with monocyclic quinoid structure
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/89—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
- C12N9/14—Hydrolases (3)
- C12N9/16—Hydrolases (3) acting on ester bonds (3.1)
- C12N9/22—Ribonucleases [RNase]; Deoxyribonucleases [DNase]
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Y—ENZYMES
- C12Y301/00—Hydrolases acting on ester bonds (3.1)
- C12Y301/26—Endoribonucleases producing 5'-phosphomonoesters (3.1.26)
- C12Y301/26004—Ribonuclease H (3.1.26.4)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/18—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a ring being at least seven-membered
Definitions
- the disclosure relates to the fields of pathology, virology, molecular biology and pharmaceuticals. More specifically, the disclosure relates to the identification of candidate inhibitors for the treatment and prevention of herpesvirus and hepatitis B diseases. Also provided are compounds having such activity.
- Herpesviridae is a large family of DNA viruses that cause diseases in vertebrates, including humans. These viruses are significant pathogens and, in addition to primary infections, cause latent, recurring infections. At least six species of Herpesviridae—herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1) and HSV-2 (both of which can cause orolabial herpes and genital herpes), Varicella-zoster virus (which causes chickenpox and shingles), Epstein-Barr virus (which causes mononucleosis), Cytomegalovirus (which causes mental retardation and deafness in neonates), and Human herpesvirus 6B (which causes roseola infantum and febrile seizures)—are extremely widespread among humans.
- HSV-1 herpes simplex virus 1
- HSV-2 both of which can cause orolabial herpes and genital herpes
- Varicella-zoster virus which causes chickenpox and shingles
- Epstein-Barr virus which causes mononu
- viruses with human tropism include human herpesvirus 6A, human herpesvirus 7 and Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus.
- herpesviruses There are more than 130 herpesviruses, including those that infect non-human mammals, birds, fish, reptiles, amphibians, and mollusks.
- the drugs, acyclovir and ganciclovir are considered the standard treatments and prophylactic agents for infections caused by HSV, VZV and CMV.
- acyclovir Until a decade ago, the impact of acyclovir on the control of severe and life-threatening herpesvirus infections was unprecedented.
- new drugs i.e., penciclovir and the oral prodrugs, valaciclovir, famciclovir, cidofovir, fomivirsen, and foscamet
- Newer agents, such as brivudin and benzimidavir are in ongoing clinical development, while others have been suspended because of safety concerns. Regardless, new anti-herpes agents are needed to face clinical issues such as drug resistance, increased use of anti-herpes prophylaxis, and safety concerns in small children or pregnant women.
- hepatitis B virus is a hepatotropic DNA virus that replicates by reverse transcription (Hostomsky et al., 1993). It chronically infects >350 million people world-wide and kills up to 1.2 million patients annually by inducing liver failure and liver cancer (Steitz, 1995; Katayanagi et al., 1990; Yang et al., 1990; Lai et al., 2000).
- Reverse transcription is catalyzed by a virally-encoded polymerase that has two enzymatic activities: a DNA polymerase that synthesizes new DNA and a ribonuclease H (RNAseH) that destroys the viral RNA after it has been copied into DNA (Hostomsky et al., 1993; Rice et al., 2001; Hickman et al., 1994; Ariyoshi et al., 1994). Both activities are essential for viral replication.
- RNAseH ribonuclease H
- HBV infections are treated with interferon ⁇ or one of five nucleos(t)ide analogs (Parker et al., 2004; Song et al., 2004; Lima et al., 2001).
- Interferon ⁇ leads to sustained clinical improvement in 20-30% of patients, but the infection is very rarely cleared (Hostomsky et al., 1993; Katayanagi et al., 1990; Braunshofer-Reiter et al., 1998).
- the nucleos(t)ide analogs are used more frequently than interferon.
- Antiviral resistance was a major problem with the earlier nucleos(t)ide analogs, but resistance to the newer drugs entecavir and tenofovir is very low (Parker et al., 2004; Keck et al., 1998; Goedken et al., 2001; Li et al., 1995). This has converted HBV from a steadily worsening disease into a controllable condition for most individuals (McClure, 1993). The cost of this control is indefinite administration of the drugs (probably life-long; (Song et al., 2004), with ongoing expenses of $400-600/month (Poch et al., 1989; Hu et al. 1996; Hu et al., 1997) and unpredictable adverse effects associated with decades-long exposure to the drugs.
- a method of inhibiting a cellular or herpesvirus nucleic acid metabolism enzyme comprising contacting said enzyme with a compound having the formula:
- the compound is further defined as:
- the compound is further defined as:
- the compound is further defined as:
- the salt maybe an ethanolamine salt.
- the method may further comprise contacting said enzyme with a second inhibitor of said enzyme, or further comprise contacting said enzyme with said compound a second time.
- the enzyme may be located in a cell, which cell may be located in vitro or located in a living subject.
- the subject may be a vertebrate infected with a herpesvirus.
- the compound may be administered intravenously, intraarterially, ocularly, orally, buccally, nasally, rectally, vaginally, topically, intramuscularly, intradermally, cutaneously or subcutaneously.
- the subject may be further administered a second anti-herpesvirus therapy distinct from the compound.
- the second anti-herpesvirus therapy may be foscarnet or a nucleoside analog, such as acyclovir, famciclovir, valaciclovir, penciclovir, or ganciclovir.
- the second anti-herpesvirus therapy may be administered to the subject before or after said compound.
- the second anti-herpesvirus therapy may be administered to said subject at the same time as said compound.
- the subject may have previously received a first-line anti-herpesvirus therapy, and further may have developed resistance to said first-line anti-herpesvirus therapy.
- the herpevirus may be selected from a human alpha herpesvirus, a human beta herpesvirus or a human gamma herpesvirus.
- the human alpha herpesvirus may be selected from herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1), herpes simplex virus 2 (HSV-2), and Varicella-Zoster virus (VZV).
- the human beta herpesvirus may be selected from human cytomegalovirus (HCMV), human herpesvirus 6A, (HHV-6A), human herpesvirus 6B (HHV-6B), and human herpesvirus 7 (HHV-7).
- the human gamma herpesvirus may be selected from Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) and Kaposi's sarcoma herpesvirus (KSHV).
- the herpesvirus may be a non-human herpesvirus, such as Marek's disease virus, equine herpesviruses, Bovine herpeviruses, or pseudorabies virus.
- the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the formula:
- the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for administration: orally, nasally, ocularly, buccally, corneally, rectally, vaginally, or topically. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition formulated for administration via injection. In some embodiments, the injection is formulated for administration: intradermally, cutaneously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, intraarterially, or intravenously.
- R 2 , R 5 , or R 10 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 2 , R 5 , and R 10 are hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 1 is aralky (C ⁇ 18) , aralkylamino (C ⁇ 18) , or a substituted version of either group. In some embodiments, R 6 is hydroxy. In some embodiments, R 7 is aryl (C ⁇ 12) . In some embodiments, R 11 is Y 1 —O—X 1 —OR 12 ; wherein:
- Y 1 is alkanediyl (C ⁇ 8) ;
- X 1 is arenediyl (C ⁇ 12) , or a substituted version of either of these groups;
- R 12 is aryl (C ⁇ 12) or substituted aryl (C ⁇ 12) .
- the compounds are further defined as:
- the present disclosure provides a compound of the formula:
- compositions comprising:
- the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for administration: orally, nasally, buccally, corneally, rectally, vaginally, topically, intradermally, cutaneously, ocularly, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, intraarterially, or intravenously.
- the pharmaceutical composition is formulated as a unit dose.
- the present disclosure provides methods of inhibiting a hepatitis B virus RNaseH comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or composition described herein.
- the method is performed in vitro.
- the method is performed in vivo.
- the method is performed ex vivo.
- the methods are sufficient to inhibit viral replication.
- the present disclosure provides methods of inhibiting replication of a hepatitis B virus comprising contacting the virus with an effective amount of a compound or composition described herein.
- the method is performed in vitro.
- the method is performed in vivo.
- the method is performed ex vivo.
- the methods are sufficient to treat an infection of a hepatitis B virus.
- the present disclosure provides methods of treating an infection of a hepatitis B virus in a patient comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition described herein.
- the method further comprises a second antiviral treatment.
- the second antiviral therapy is interferon alfa-2b, lamivudine, adefovir, telbivudine, entercavir, or tenofovir.
- the patient is a mammal such as a human.
- the term “about” is used to indicate that a value includes the inherent variation of error for the device, the method being employed to determine the value, or the variation that exists among the study subjects, or +/ ⁇ 5% of the stated value.
- FIG. 1 Structure of Piroctone Olamine.
- FIG. 2 Compound #191 inhibits replication of HSV-2 primary clinical isolates. Vero cell monolayers were infected with the indicated patient isolates at moi of 0.1 in the presence of piroctone olamine (#191) or DMSO control at 5 ⁇ M. Cultures were collected 24 hours post-infection and infectious virus titers were determined by plaque assay. Titers in #191-treated samples were subtracted from DMSO-treated samples. Values are the averages of duplicate cultures.
- FIG. 3 Sensitivity of thymidine kinase-deficient HSV-2 to piroctone olamine.
- Vero cell monolayers were infected with the indicated wild-type or mutant HSV-1 or HSV-2 strains at moi of 0.1 in the presence of DMSO control or piroctone olamine at 5 ⁇ M.
- Duplicate cultures were collected 24 hours post-infection and infectious virus titers were determined by plaque assay. Titers in compound-treated samples were subtracted from DMSO-treated samples. Values are the averages ⁇ one standard error of the mean.
- FIGS. 4A & 4B RNAseH inhibitors work synergistically with Lamivudine against HBV replication. Chou-Talaly combination indexes for compounds #1 ( FIG. 4A ) and #46 ( FIG. 4B ) together with Lamivudine. Additive interactions are shown with the red line, synergistic interactions below the line, and antagonistic interactions are above the line.
- FIGS. 5A & 5B HBV's genetic variation is unlikely to present a barrier to RNAseH drug development.
- Four variant patient-derived RNAseH enzymes were expressed as recombinant enzymes, purified, and tested in an RNAseH assay with compounds #1 ( FIG. 5A ) and #46 ( FIG. 5B ) at their respective IC 50 s.
- NTS nucleotidyl-transferase superfamily
- the compounds described herein may be used from a variety of different viral infections including herpesvirus and hepatitis B virus.
- Inhibitors of NTS enzymes like this compound may well have a high barrier to development of antiviral resistance, and its unique mode of action suggests that it should be a good candidate for combination therapy with the existing antiviral drugs to improve overall efficacy of antiviral therapy.
- Herpesviruses are a diverse group of enveloped viruses having a large, double-stranded DNA genome enclosed in an icosahedral capsid (Pellet & Roizman 2013).
- the herpesviruses rely on the host cell RNA polymerase II for transcription, but encode all of the enzymes needed for replication of their genomes, including DNA polymerase, helicase, primase, terminase, ribonucleotide reductase, and thymidine kinase. All herpesviruses share the capacity to establish latency in host cells, allowing them to maintain the infection for the life of the host. Periodic reactivation from latency in response to cues in the cellular environment leads to lytic replication at mucosal surfaces, causing recurrent disease and providing the opportunity for transmission to uninfected individuals.
- the herpesviruses are divided into three subclasses based primarily on their cellular tropism and characteristics of the latent infection.
- the human alpha herpesviruses herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1) (Roizman et al., 2013), herpes simplex virus 2 (HSV-2) (Roizman et al., 2013) and Varicella-Zoster virus (VZV) (Arvin & Gilden 2013) establish latency in sensory neurons where they may remain quiescent for long periods of time.
- HSV-1 herpes simplex virus 1
- HSV-2 herpes simplex virus 2
- VZV Varicella-Zoster virus
- HSV-1 and HSV-2 are similar viruses with colinear genomes and 83% nucleotide sequence identity in protein coding regions (Dolan et al., 1998); VZV contains a smaller, less homologous genome.
- the human beta herpesviruses human cytomegalovirus (HCMV), human herpesvirus 6A (HHV-6A), human herpesvirus 6B (HHV-6B) and human herpesvirus 7 (HHV-7) (Yamanishi et al., 2013) establish latency predominantly in mononuclear cells.
- Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) (Longnecker et al., 2013) and Kaposi's sarcoma herpesvirus (KSHV) (Damania & Cesarman 2013) stimulate cellular proliferation upon infection.
- EBV Epstein-Barr virus
- KSHV Kaposi's sarcoma herpesvirus
- EBV infects B lymphocytes, where it establishes latency, and also epithelial cells.
- endothelial cells harbor the latent reservoir of KSHV, although the virus infects numerous other cell types as well.
- the genomes of latent beta and gamma herpesviruses are replicated as the host cell divides in order to maintain latent infection.
- HSV-1 causes numerous maladies (Roizman et al., 2013): gingivostomatitis; eczema herpeticum; herpes gladiatorum; less common but frequently fatal encephalitis; and an increasing proportion of ulcerative anogential lesions (Gilbert et al., 2011; Horowitz et al., 2011; Pena et al., 2010; Smith & Roberts 2009). Nearly two-thirds of the U.S. population has been exposed to HSV-1 (Xu et al., 2006).
- HSV-2 infects approximately 17% of Americans (Xu et al., 2006) and up to 75% of some demographics world-wide (Obasi et al., 1999 and Kamali et al., 1999), with an estimated global disease burden of more than half a billion people (Looker, et al., 2008).
- HSV-2 is the primary cause of ulcerative anogenital lesions.
- HSV-1 and HSV-2 may be transmitted from a pregnant woman to her child during birth, often causing potentially fatal disseminated disease in the newborn (Kimberlin 2007).
- HCMV is the most common in utero virus infection (Manicklal et al., 2013), and approximately 8,000 HCMV-infected infants born each year in the U.S.
- HCMV can cause mononucleosis, retinitis, colitis, pneumonitis, and esophagitis. These serious HCMV infections are associated with increased morbidity and mortality (Komatsu et al., 2014). EBV causes the vast majority of infectious mononucleosis, which strikes nearly half of young adults (Luzuriaga & Sullivan 2010). Notably, of the eight human herpesviruses, a vaccine is available only for VZV.
- HSV-1 causes recurrent cold sores; a significant proportion of devastating viral encephalitis; and corneal scarring known as herpetic stromal keratitis which is the most frequent infectious cause of blindness, afflicting nearly 400,000 persons annually in the U.S. (Roizman et al., 2013).
- HSV-2 frequently reactivates to cause genital ulcers and prior HSV-2 infection is associated with an increased risk of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) acquisition (Roizman et al., 2013).
- HIV human immunodeficiency virus
- Latent EBV infection is associated with a variety of cancers including Burkitt's lymphoma, two types of Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, and post-transplant lymphoproliferative disease.
- Latent KSHV infection can lead to three types of cancer: Kaposi's sarcoma, pleural effusion lymphoma, and Castleman's disease (Damania & Cesarman 2013).
- Marek's disease is highly contagious, spreading rapidly through flocks of chickens that have not been vaccinated. It causes T cell lymphoma with infiltration of nerves and somatic organs, leading to paralysis and death in up to 80% of infected birds (Hirari, 2001).
- vaccine efficacy has declined with a concomitant increase in Marek's virus virulence (Gimeno, 2008).
- Pseudorabies (PRV) is the second most economically important viral disease of swine. Although PRV does not cause illness in adult swine, infection of pregnant sows results in a high incidence of abortion or resorption (Smith, 1997).
- Piglets infected with PRV suffer coughing, sneezing, fever, constipation, and a variety of neurologic symptoms. Mortality in piglets less than one month of age is close to 100%, but declines rapidly with age (Nauwynck et al., 2007). Ruminants and dogs and cats are also susceptible to lethal PRV infection (Fenner et al., 1993). In cattle, symptoms include intense itching followed by neurological signs and death. In dogs, intense itching is accompanied by jaw and pharyngeal paralysis and subsequent death (Decaro et al., 2008). In cats, usually no symptoms are observed because the disease is so rapidly fatal (Gaskell et al., 2007).
- Bovine herpesviruses cause a variety of illnesses in young cattle, and can also cause abortion. Although the illnesses caused by BHV's are mostly not life-threatening, they cause important diseases because infection may trigger a decline in meat and milk production and affect trade restrictions (Nandi et al., 2009). Equine herpesviruses typically cause respiratory disease, but certain species also cause myeloencephalopathy in horses, abortion and occasionally neonatal mortality due to pneumonia (Fortier et al., 2010). The herpesviruses of various fish species can cause significant mortality in aquaculture settings, particularly at the fingerling stage (Hanson et al., 2011).
- NTS inhibitors may be promising candidates for pan anti-herpesvirus drug development due to similarities in replication mechanisms of all the herpesviruses.
- Enveloped herpesvirus particles fuse with the plasma membrane of a cell, releasing viral regulatory proteins and the viral capsid containing the linear double-stranded DNA genome into the cytoplasm.
- the capsids deliver the viral genome to the nucleus via release through nuclear pores, whereupon the genome circularizes and becomes transcriptionally active.
- Viral infection at this point can proceed by two patterns, lytic or latent. In the lytic cycle, coordinated phases of viral transcription lead to expression of the viral regulatory proteins, viral enzymes, and concurrently with the onset of DNA replication, the viral structural proteins.
- Nascent viral capsids assemble in the nucleus and then bud through the nuclear membranes to acquire their envelope (Mettenleiter et al., 2009).
- the virus Release from the cells is primarily lytic, resulting in the death of the cell.
- the virus may enter a latent state, where transcription is limited to a few viral regulatory loci and viral DNA replication is strictly limited. Upon recognition of appropriate cellular stimuli, viral transcription reverts to the lytic pattern and productive viral replication occurs.
- Initial infections with alpha herpesviruses are lytic, resulting in dispersion of the virus to other cells and organs. These viruses establish latency in the unique environment of the neuron, and also in satellite cells in the case of VZV. During latency, replication of alpha herpesvirus DNA may occur at a low level because latently infected neurons contain multiple copies of the genome (Chen et al., 2002; Wang et al., 2005). Once latency is established, DNA replication increases markedly only during a reactivation event.
- Initial infections with beta herpesviruses are typically non-lytic but may cause cell-cell fusion.
- the gamma herpesviruses stimulate proliferation of infected cells, replicating their DNA along with cellular DNA replication to transmit copies of the viral genome to daughter cells (Longnecker et al., 2013). All the herpesviruses cause episodic lytic infection of at least some cell types, allowing them to be shed from mucosal surfaces to facilitate transmission to uninfected individuals.
- Circularization of the linear double-stranded herpesvirus DNA occurs in the nucleus shortly after viral uncoating, presumably through a recombination-mediated event.
- Replication of the viral DNA occurs in the nucleus within three-dimensional domains termed replication compartments (Quinlan et al., 1984).
- DNA replication is thought to employ a double-stranded rolling circle mechanism [reviewed in (Weller & Coen 2012; Lehman & Boehmer 1999)].
- virus-encoded transcriptional activators upregulate expression of proteins involved in nucleic acid metabolism.
- DNA replication then initiates at one of three viral origins of DNA replication and is mediated through action of the viral ICP6 origin binding protein.
- DNA synthesis is primed by the viral helicase/primase complex (pUL5, pUL8, and pUL52). DNA elongation occurs by coupled leading- and lagging-strand DNA synthesis through formation of a replication fork that is grossly similar to the forks that replicate cellular DNA. DNA synthesis is catalyzed by the pUL30 DNA polymerase/UL42 processivity protein complex that also possesses 5′-3′ exonuclease, 3′-5′ exonuclease, and RNase H activities.
- Helical torsion is relieved by the viral helicase/primase complex, and proper replication fork initiation, architecture and dynamics are promoted by the ICP8 single-stranded DNA binding protein.
- the initial product of DNA replication is a head-to-tail concatamer, but later in the replication cycle complex branched concatamers accumulate through recombination and/or re-initiation mechanisms.
- the concatamer is cleaved to unit length by the terminase complex (pUL15, pUL28, and pUL33) (Selvarajan et al., 2013) during encapsidation of the viral genome into pre-formed viral capsids. Without wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believed that some of the compounds described herein inhibit the activity of pUL15 terminase.
- nucleotidyl transferase superfamily inhibitors in the herpesvirus genomes.
- the inhibitors screened here function against HIV by binding to the viral RNase H or integrase active sites and chelating the essential divalent cations within the active site (Fuji et al., 2009; Su et al., 2010; Chung et al., 2011; Billamboz et al., 2011; Himmel et al., 2009; Kirschberg et al., 2009).
- Other compounds screened here are chemically related to inhibitors of the HIV RNase H and integrase. Therefore, their presumed mechanism of action is to inhibit one or more of the viral and/or cellular NTS enzymes essential for herpesviral genomic replication. This mechanism has not yet been tested.
- candidate genes include the RNase H activity of the pUL30 DNA polymerase (Liu et al., 2006), the 3′-5′ exonuclease activity of pUL30 (Coen 1996), the strand transfer activity of ICP8 (Bortner et al., 1993; Nimonkar & Boehmer, 2003), or the 5′-3′ exonuclease activity of the pUL12 polymerase accessory protein (Schumacher et al., 2012) that are directly involved in virus replication (Weller & Coen 2012).
- the pUL15 terminase protein that cleaves the concatameric viral DNA produced by DNA replication into the mature linear monomers is also a prime candidate (Selvarajan et al., 2013).
- herpesviruses encode proteins with functions consistent with NTS enzymes that could be plausible targets.
- pUL98 is the HCMV ortholog of HSV pUL12 and is functionally conserved, as demonstrated by trans-complementation experiments (Gao et al., 1998). At least two of the seven HCMV proteins involved in encapsidation form an essential terminase complex which likely functions as both an endonuclease and a DNA translocase during DNA cleavage and packaging (Bogner, 2002; Hwang & Bogner, 2002; Scheffczik et al., 2002; Scholz et al., 2003).
- HCMV human cytomegalovirus
- pUL56 mediates the specific binding to pac sequences on DNA concatamers and provides energy and structural assistance for DNA translocation into the procapsids
- pUL89 cleaves the DNA concatomers (Bogner, 2002). These are the orthologs of HSV terminase subunits pUL15 and pUL28.
- Cellular proteins are also plausible targets for the action of the NTS inhibitors, especially because DNA recombination events appear to be important during productive replication (Weller & Coen 2012). These proteins include the human RNase H1 that could assist in removal of RNA primers for DNA synthesis. Other candidates include the Fen1 endonuclease that may assist in removal of primers (Zhu et al., 2010), and the double-stranded break repair enzymes Mre11, Rad50, NBS1, Rad51 (Weizman & Weller 2011), and Rad52 (Schumacher et al., 2012). The base-excision repair enzymes SSH2 and MLH1 which form complexes that are recruited to viral replication sites and contribute to HSV genomic replication (Mohni et al., 2011) are also plausible targets.
- Herpesvirus DNA polymerase inhibitors include acyclovir, famciclovir, valaciclovir, penciclovir, and ganciclovir are the most common forms of treatment.
- a pyrophosphate analog, foscarnet also inhibits the herpesvirus DNA polymerases.
- a DNA helicase-primase inhibitor, AIC316 (pritelivir), was shown to reduce HSV-2 shedding and number of days without lesions in a phase 2 clinical trial (Wald et al., 2014). However, a subsequent double-blind trial by the same group was terminated by the sponsor because of concurrent findings of toxicity in monkeys (De et al., 2015).
- CMX001 brincidofovir
- cidofovir an orally bioavailable lipid conjugate of cidofovir, potentiates the antiviral effect of acyclovir in mice inoculated intranasally with HSV-1 or HSV-2 (Prichard et al., 2011).
- N-Methanocarbathymidine reduces lethality in a mouse model of HSV-2 infection (Quenelle et al., 2011) and a guinea pig model of neonatal herpes (Bernstein et al., 2011). N-MCT also reduces acute and recurrent disease caused by HSV-2 in an adult guinea pig model.
- the monoamine oxidase inhibitor tranylcypromine (TCP), which also blocks the activity of histone demethylase LSD1 reduces HSV-1 infection of the cornea, trigeminal ganglia and brain of mice, corneal disease, and percentage of mice shedding virus upon induced reactivation (Yao et al., 2014).
- TCP has also been tested in a rabbit eye model of recurrent infection with HSV-1 and the mouse and guinea pig models of HSV-2 genital infection.
- An acyclic nucleoside phosphonate, PMEO-DAPym inhibits HSV replication in a variety of cultured cell types by targeting the viral DNA polymerase (Balzarini et al., 2013).
- the HIV integrase inhibitor, Raltegravir has a small amount of inhibitory activity against replication of several herpesviruses in cultured cells (Zhou et al., 2014; Yan et al., 2014) and appears to target the polymerase processivity factor UL42 (Zhou et al., 2014).
- XZ15 and XZ45 Two other integrase inhibitors, XZ15 and XZ45, reduce replication of HSV-1 in cell culture by approximately 800- to 8000-fold, respectively (Yan et al., 2014).
- XZ45 also inhibits HCMV replication and KSHV gene expression (Yan et al., 2014).
- Acyclovir resistant variants are particularly prevalent among children, the immunocompromised, and patients with herpetic stromal keratitis (Duan et al., 2008; Wang et al., 2011; Field & Vere Hodge, 2013; Morfin & Thouvenot, 2003; Andrei & Snoeck, 2013).
- Ganciclovir-resistant variants occur in the naturally circulating viral population (Drew et al., 1993) and can be selected in patients over time (Marfori et al., 2007; Imai et al., 2004; Drew et al., 2001; Drew et al., 1999).
- Hepatitis B virus is a species of the genus Orthohepadnavirus, which is likewise a part of the Hepadnaviridae family of viruses. This virus causes the disease hepatitis B. In addition to causing hepatitis B, infection with HBV can lead to hepatic fibrosis, cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma. It has also been suggested that it may increase the risk of pancreatic cancer.
- the hepatitis B virus is classified as the type species of the Orthohepadnavirus, which contains at least five other species: the pomona roundleaf bat hepatitis virus, long-fingered bat hepatitis virus, the Ground squirrel hepatitis virus, Woodchuck hepatitis virus, and the Woolly monkey hepatitis B virus.
- the genus is classified as part of the Hepadnaviridae family along with Avihepadnavirus. This family of viruses have not been assigned to a viral order.
- Viruses similar to hepatitis B have been found in all the Old World apes (orangutan, gibbons, gorillas and chimpanzees) and from a New World woolly monkey suggesting an ancient origin for this virus in primates.
- the virus is divided into four major serotypes (adr, adw, ayr, ayw) based on antigenic epitopes present on its envelope proteins, and into eight genotypes (A-H) according to overall nucleotide sequence variation of the genome.
- the genotypes have a distinct geographical distribution and are used in tracing the evolution and transmission of the virus. Differences between genotypes affect the disease severity, course and likelihood of complications, and response to treatment and possibly vaccination.
- the virus particle (virion) consists of an outer lipid envelope and an icosahedral nucleocapsid core composed of protein.
- the nucleocapsid encloses the viral DNA and a DNA polymerase that has reverse transcriptase activity similar to retroviruses.
- the outer envelope contains embedded proteins which are involved in viral binding of, and entry into, susceptible cells.
- the virus is one of the smallest enveloped animal viruses with a virion diameter of 42 nm, but pleomorphic forms exist, including filamentous and spherical bodies that both lack a core.
- HBV virus itself is called a Dane particle and consists of HBsAg, a lipid envelope, the core protein (HBcAg), the viral genome, and the Hepatitis B virus DNA polymerase.
- the functions of the small regulatory protein (HBx) are not yet well known but may be related to interfering with transcription, signal transduction, signal transduction, cell cycle progress, protein degradation, apoptosis, or chromosomal stability.
- the virus also produces a secreted protein called HBeAg that is an amino-terminal extension of HBcAg initiating from an upstream start codon that is involved in suppressing antiviral immune responses.
- the genome of HBV is made of circular DNA, but it is unusual because the DNA is not fully double-stranded in the virion.
- One end of the full length strand is linked to the viral DNA polymerase.
- the genome is 3020-3320 nucleotides long (for the full length strand) and 1700-2800 nucleotides long (for the short length strand).
- the negative-sense, (non-coding), strand is the complete strand and it is complementary to the viral mRNA.
- the viral DNA is found in the nucleus soon after infection of the cell.
- the partially double-stranded DNA is rendered fully double-stranded shortly after infection of a cell by completion of the (+) sense strand and removal of a protein molecule from the ( ⁇ ) sense strand and a short sequence of RNA from the (+) sense strand. A short terminal duplication of are removed from the ends of the ( ⁇ ) sense strand and the ends are rejoined.
- the mature nuclear form of the genome is called the “cccDNA.”
- the cccDNA is the template for transcription of all of the viral mRNAs.
- the core protein (HBcAg) is coded for by gene C, and its start codon is preceded by an upstream in-frame AUG start codon from which the pre-core protein is produced.
- HBeAg is produced by proteolytic processing of the pre-core protein.
- the DNA polymerase is encoded by gene P.
- Gene S is the gene that codes for the surface antigens (HBsAg).
- the HBsAg gene is one long open reading frame but contains three in frame “start” (ATG) codons that divide the gene into three sections, pre-S1, pre-S2, and S.
- polypeptides of three different sizes called large, middle, and small are produced.
- the function of the protein coded for by gene X is not fully understood, but it has pleiotropic regulatory functions in both the cytoplasm and nucleus.
- genotypes There are at least eight known genotypes labeled A through H.
- a possible new “I” genotype has been described, but acceptance of this notation is not universal. Different genotypes may respond to treatment in different ways.
- the genotypes differ by at least 8% of the sequence and have distinct geographical distributions and this has been associated with anthropological history.
- Type F which diverges from the other genomes by 14% is the most divergent type known.
- Type A is prevalent in Europe, Africa and South-east Asia, including the Philippines.
- Type B and C are predominant in Asia; type D is common in the Mediterranean area, the Middle East and India; type E is localized in sub-Saharan Africa; type F (or H) is restricted to Central and South America.
- Type G has been found in France and Germany.
- Genotypes A, D and F are predominant in Brazil and all genotypes occur in the United States with frequencies dependent on ethnicity.
- the E and F strains appear to have originated in aboriginal populations of Africa and the New World, respectively.
- 24 subtypes have been described which differ by 4-8% of the genome:
- Hepatitis B is one of a few known non-retroviral viruses which use reverse transcription as a part of its replication process:
- Intron A® Interferon Alpha
- Pegasys® Pegasys®
- Epivir HBV® Livudine
- Hepsera® Adefovir
- Baraclude® Enterecavir
- Tyzeka® Telbivudine
- Viread® Teenofovir
- Adefovir is an orally-administered nucleotide analog reverse transcriptase inhibitor (ntRTI). It can be formulated as the pivoxil prodrug adefovir dipivoxil. Adefovir works by blocking reverse transcriptase, the enzyme that is crucial for the hepatitis B virus (HBV) to reproduce in the body because it synthesizes the viral DNA. It is approved for the treatment of chronic hepatitis B in adults with evidence of active viral replication and either evidence of persistent elevations in serum aminotransferases (primarily ALT) or histologically active disease.
- HBV hepatitis B virus
- Adefovir dipivoxil contains two pivaloyloxymethyl units, making it a prodrug form of adefovir.
- Lamivudine (2′,3′-dideoxy-3′-thiacytidine, commonly called 3TC) is a potent nucleoside analog reverse transcriptase inhibitor (nRTI). It is marketed by GlaxoSmithKline with the brand names Zeffix®, Heptovir®, Epivir®, and Epivir-HBV®. Lamivudine has been used for treatment of chronic hepatitis B at a lower dose than for treatment of HIV. It improves the seroconversion of HBeAg positive hepatitis B and also improves histology staging of the liver.
- lamivudine Long term use of lamivudine unfortunately leads to emergence of a resistant hepatitis B virus mutants with alterations to the key YMDD motif in the reverse transcriptase active site. Despite this, lamivudine is still used widely as it is well tolerated and as it is less expensive than the newer drugs and is the only anti-HBV drug many people in emerging economies can afford.
- Lamivudine is an analogue of cytidine. It can inhibit both types (1 and 2) of HIV reverse transcriptase and also the reverse transcriptase of hepatitis B. It is phosphorylated to active metabolites that compete for incorporation into viral DNA. It inhibits the HIV reverse transcriptase enzyme competitively and acts as a chain terminator of DNA synthesis. The lack of a 3′—OH group in the incorporated nucleoside analogue prevents the formation of the 5′ to 3′ phosphodiester linkage essential for DNA chain elongation, and therefore, the viral DNA growth is terminated. Lamivudine is administered orally, and it is rapidly absorbed with a bio-availability of over 80%. Some research suggests that lamivudine can cross the blood-brain barrier.
- Entecavir is an oral antiviral drug used in the treatment of hepatitis B infection. It is marketed under the trade names Baraclude® (BMS) and Entaliv® (DRL). Entecavir is a nucleoside analog (more specifically, a guanosine analogue) that inhibits reverse transcription and DNA replication thus preventing transcription in the viral replication process. The drug's manufacturer claims that entecavir is more efficacious than previous agents used to treat hepatitis B (lamivudine and adefovir). Entecavir was approved by the U.S. FDA in March 2005 and is used to treat chronic hepatitis B. It also helps prevent the hepatitis B virus from multiplying and infecting new liver cells. Entecavir is also indicated for the treatment of chronic hepatitis B in adults with HIV/AIDS infection. However, entecavir is not active against HIV.
- Telbivudine is an antiviral drug used in the treatment of hepatitis B infection. It is marketed by Swiss pharmaceutical company Novartis under the trade names Sebivo® (Europe) and Tyzeka® (United States). Clinical trials have shown it to be significantly more effective than lamivudine or adefovir, and less likely to cause resistance. Telbivudine is a synthetic thymidine nucleoside analogue; it is the L-isomer of thymidine. It is taken once daily.
- Tenofovir disoproxil fumarate (TDF or PMPA), marketed by Gilead Sciences under the trade name Viread®, it is also a nucleotide analogue reverse transcriptase inhibitor (nRTIs) which blocks the HBV reverse transcriptase, an enzyme crucial to viral production.
- Tenofovir disoproxil fumarate is a prodrug form of tenofovir.
- Tenofovir is indicated in combination with other antiretroviral agents for the treatment of HIV-1 infection in adults. This indication is based on analyses of plasma HIV-1 RNA levels and CD4 cell counts in controlled studies of tenofovir in treatment-naive and treatment-experienced adults. There are no study results demonstrating the effect of tenofovir on the clinical progression of HIV. It also has activity against wild-type and lamivudine-resistant HBV.
- RNAse H and integrase are members of the nucleotidyl transferase superfamily (NTS) whose members share a similar protein fold and enzymatic mechanisms (Yang 1995). Therefore, the presumed targets of the anti-herpesvirus compounds claimed here are viral and/or cellular NTS enzymes.
- NTS nucleotidyl transferase superfamily
- RNA primers during DNA synthesis, removal of abortive transcription products, and removal of RNA strands following reverse transcription by viruses or retrotransposons.
- Integrase enzymes cleave DNA strands and catalyze the covalent insertion of another DNA strand at the cleavage site. Consequently, the presumed mechanism of action for the herpesvirus inhibitors is through suppression of one or more of the nucleolytic or recombination-related activities essential for replication of the herpesvirus DNA.
- the NTS family of enzymes includes E. coli RNase H I and II (Katayanagi et al., 1990, Yang et al., 1990 and Lai et al., 2000); human RNase H 1 and 2 (Lima et al., 2001, Frank et al., 1998 and Frank et al., 1998); the RuvC Holiday junction resolvase (Ariyoshi et al., 1994); and the Argonaute RNAse (Parker et al., 2004 and Song et al., 2004); retroviral RNase H enzymes including the HIV enzyme (Nowotny 2009); retroviral integrases including the HIV integrase (Dyda et al., 1994); and the hepatitis B virus (HBV) RNase H (Tavis et al., 2013).
- E. coli RNase H I and II Keratayanagi et al., 1990, Yang et al.
- RNA and DNA digestion contains about 100 amino acids that fold into a 5-stranded ⁇ -sheet overlaid with 3 ⁇ -helices arranged like an “H”.
- the canonical RNase H structure contains about 100 amino acids that fold into a 5-stranded ⁇ -sheet overlaid with 3 ⁇ -helices arranged like an “H”.
- Within the active site are four conserved carboxylates (the “DEDD” motif) that coordinate two divalent cations (Nowotny et al., 2005).
- RNA binding by the “stand-alone” class typified by E. coli RNAse H I is promoted by a basic “handle” region (Hostomsky et al., 1993; Kwun et al., 2001).
- Eukaryotic RNase Hs typically contain a “RHBD” domain that influences nucleic acid binding.
- substrate binding by the retroviral enzymes can either be a property of the RNase H domain itself (e.g., Moloney murine leukemia virus) or may require the reverse transcriptase domain to provide sufficient affinity for the nucleic acid substrate (e.g., HIV) (Hostomsky et al., 1993; Smith et al., 1994).
- RNase H domain itself
- reverse transcriptase domain to provide sufficient affinity for the nucleic acid substrate
- the HBV RNase H is a NTS enzyme. Mutational analysis of the HBV RNase H revealed the DEDD active site residues to be D702, E731, D750, and D790 (numbering for HBV strain adw2) (Gerelsaikhan et al., 1996; Tavis et al., 2013). Data obtained with the HBV RNase H will be used as an example to establish how anti-RNase H drug discovery can be conducted and to establish utility of the claimed compounds against HBV replication.
- HIV reverse transcription requires a virally encoded RNase H activity to remove the viral RNA after it has been copied into DNA (Freed and Martin, 2007). Consequently, the HIV RNase H activity has attracted much attention as a drug target (Billamboz et al., 2011; Bokesch et al., 2008; Budihas et al., 2005; Chung et al., 2011; Chung et al., 2010; Di et al., 2010; Didierjean et al., 2005; Fuji et al., 2009; Himmel et al., 2009; Himmel et al., 2006; Kirschberg et al., 2009; Klarmann et al., 2002; Klumpp et al., 2003; Klumpp and Mirzadegan, 2006; Shaw-Reid et al., 2003; Su et al., 2010; Takada et al., 2007; Wendeler et al., 2008; Williams et al., 2010).
- the large majority of these compounds inhibit the RNase H by chelating divalent cations in the active site (Billamboz et al., 2011; Chung et al., 2011; Fuji et al., 2009; Himmel et al., 2009; Kirschberg et al., 2009; Su et al., 2010), but compounds that alter the enzyme's conformation or its interaction with nucleic acids have also been reported (Himmel et al., 2006; Wendeler et al., 2008).
- the inhibitors typically have EC 50 values ⁇ 10 ⁇ higher than the IC 50 values, and they often cause modest cytotoxicity, leading to therapeutic indexes (TI) that are usually ⁇ 10.
- Second-generation inhibitors with substantially improved efficacy have been reported, (Billamboz et al., 2011; Chung et al., 2011; Williams et al., 2010), and compounds with efficacy and TI values appropriate for a human drug exist (Himmel et al., 2006; Williams et al., 2010).
- RNase H and integrase are NTS enzymes
- some anti-RNase H compounds can inhibit the HIV integrase
- some anti-integrase compounds can inhibit the RNase H (Klarmann et al., 2002, Williams et al., 2010 and Billamboz et al., 2011).
- resistance mutations to HIV DNA polymerase or integrase drugs have not led to cross-resistance to RNase H inhibitors (Billamboz et al., 2011 and Himmel et al., 2006).
- HBV reverse transcription requires two viral enzymatic activities that are both located on the viral reverse transcriptase protein.
- the DNA polymerase activity synthesizes new DNA and is targeted by the nucleos(t)ide analogs.
- the RNase H destroys the viral RNA after it has been copied into DNA. Inhibiting the RNAse H would block DNA synthesis and consequently halt viral replication, but anti-HBV RNase H drugs have not been developed because enzyme suitable for drug screening could not be readily made.
- the compound of the present disclosure appears to inhibit a different enzymatic activity than the existing anti-hepatitis or anti-herpesvirus drugs, and does so with a striking capacity to suppress virus replication at very low toxicity to uninfected cells. This implies that it will be effective against viral isolates resistant to the existing drugs and suggests that these drugs could be combined effectively with the existing drugs to both increase efficacy and to reduce the rate of resistance development to either drug. Furthermore, the compound was more effective against HSV-2 than a currently accepted first line therapy, acyclovir, indicating that it may be more effective than the existing drugs when formulated for pharmaceutical delivery. In other embodiments, the present compounds may be used to treat infections of hepatitis B virus or used in combination with other hepatitis B virus therapies.
- the compound of the disclosure contains one or more asymmetrically-substituted carbon or nitrogen atoms, and may be isolated in optically active or racemic form.
- optically active or racemic form all chiral, diastereomeric, racemic form, epimeric form, and all geometric isomeric forms of the chemical formula are intended, unless the specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated.
- the compound may occur as a racemate and racemic mixtures, single enantiomers, diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomers. In some embodiments, a single enantiomer or diastereomer is obtained.
- the chiral centers of the compound of the present disclosure can have the S or the R configuration.
- Chemical formulas used to represent the compound of the disclosure will typically only show one of possibly several different tautomers. For example, many types of ketone groups are known to exist in equilibrium with corresponding enol groups. Regardless of which tautomer is depicted for a given compound, and regardless of which one is most prevalent, all tautomers of a given chemical formula are intended.
- the compound of the disclosure may also have the advantage of being more efficacious than, be less toxic than, be longer acting than, be more potent than, produce fewer side effects than, be more easily absorbed than, and/or have a better pharmacokinetic profile (e.g., higher oral bioavailability and/or lower clearance) than, and/or have other useful pharmacological, physical, or chemical properties over, compounds known in the prior art, whether for use in the indications stated herein or otherwise.
- a better pharmacokinetic profile e.g., higher oral bioavailability and/or lower clearance
- atoms making up the compound of the present disclosure are intended to include all isotopic forms of such atoms.
- Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
- isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium
- isotopes of carbon include 13 C and 14 C.
- one or more carbon atom(s) of a compound of the present disclosure may be replaced by a silicon atom(s).
- one or more oxygen atom(s) of a compound of the present disclosure may be replaced by a sulfur or selenium atom(s).
- the compound of the present disclosure may also exist in prodrug form. Since prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals (e.g., solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.), the compound employed in some methods of the disclosure may, if desired, be delivered in prodrug form. Thus, the disclosure contemplates prodrugs of the compound of the present disclosure as well as methods of delivering prodrugs. Prodrugs of the compound employed in the disclosure may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound. Accordingly, prodrugs include, for example, compounds described herein in which a hydroxy group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug is administered to a subject, cleaves to form a hydroxy group.
- any salt of this disclosure is not critical, so long as the salt, as a whole, is pharmacologically acceptable. Additional examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts and their methods of preparation and use are presented in Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, and Use (2002), which is incorporated herein by reference.
- hydroxo means —O
- carbonyl means —C( ⁇ O)—
- carboxy means —C( ⁇ O)OH (also written as —COOH or —CO 2 H);
- halo means independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I;
- amino means —NH 2 ;
- hydroxyamino means —NHOH;
- nitro means —NO 2 ;
- imino means ⁇ NH;
- cyano means —CN;
- isocyanate means —N ⁇ C ⁇ O;
- zido means —N 3 ; in a monovalent context “phosphate” means —OP(O)(OH) 2 or a deprotonated form thereof; in a divalent context “phosphate” means —OP(O)(OH)O— or a deprotonated form thereof; “mercapto”
- the symbol “ ” means a single bond where the group attached to the thick end of the wedge is “out of the page.”
- the symbol “ ” means a single bond where the group attached to the thick end of the wedge is “into the page”.
- the symbol “ ” means a single bond where the geometry around a double bond (e.g., either E or Z) is undefined. Both options, as well as combinations thereof are therefore intended. Any undefined valency on an atom of a structure shown in this application implicitly represents a hydrogen atom bonded to that atom. A bold dot on a carbon atom indicates that the hydrogen attached to that carbon is oriented out of the plane of the paper.
- R may replace any hydrogen atom attached to any of the ring atoms, including a depicted, implied, or expressly defined hydrogen, so long as a stable structure is formed.
- R may replace any hydrogen atom attached to any of the ring atoms, including a depicted, implied, or expressly defined hydrogen, so long as a stable structure is formed.
- R may replace any hydrogen attached to any of the ring atoms of either of the fused rings unless specified otherwise.
- Replaceable hydrogens include depicted hydrogens (e.g., the hydrogen attached to the nitrogen in the formula above), implied hydrogens (e.g., a hydrogen of the formula above that is not shown but understood to be present), expressly defined hydrogens, and optional hydrogens whose presence depends on the identity of a ring atom (e.g., a hydrogen attached to group X, when X equals —CH—), so long as a stable structure is formed.
- R may reside on either the 5-membered or the 6-membered ring of the fused ring system.
- the subscript letter “y” immediately following the group “R” enclosed in parentheses represents a numeric variable. Unless specified otherwise, this variable can be 0, 1, 2, or any integer greater than 2, only limited by the maximum number of replaceable hydrogen atoms of the ring or ring system.
- the number of carbon atoms in the group or class is as indicated as follows: “Cn” defines the exact number (n) of carbon atoms in the group/class. “C ⁇ n” defines the maximum number (n) of carbon atoms that can be in the group/class, with the minimum number as small as possible for the group/class in question, e.g., it is understood that the minimum number of carbon atoms in the group “alkenyl (C ⁇ 8) ” or the class “alkene (C ⁇ 8) ” is two. Compare with “alkoxy (C ⁇ 10) ”, which designates alkoxy groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- Cn-n′ defines both the minimum (n) and maximum number (n′) of carbon atoms in the group.
- alkyl (C ⁇ 10) designates those alkyl groups having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms. These carbon number indicators may precede or follow the chemical groups or class it modifies and it may or may not be enclosed in parenthesis, without signifying any change in meaning.
- the terms “C5 olefin”, “C5-olefin”, “olefin (C5) ”, and “olefin C5 ” are all synonymous.
- any of the chemical groups or compound classes defined herein is modified by the term “substituted”, any carbon atom(s) in a moiety replacing a hydrogen atom is not counted.
- methoxyhexyl which has a total of seven carbon atoms, is an example of a substituted alkyl (C1-6) .
- saturated when used to modify a compound or chemical group means the compound or chemical group has no carbon-carbon double and no carbon-carbon triple bonds, except as noted below.
- the term when used to modify an atom, it means that the atom is not part of any double or triple bond.
- substituted versions of saturated groups one or more carbon oxygen double bond or a carbon nitrogen double bond may be present. And when such a bond is present, then carbon-carbon double bonds that may occur as part of keto-enol tautomerism or imine/enamine tautomerism are not precluded.
- saturated when used to modify a solution of a substance, it means that no more of that substance can dissolve in that solution.
- aliphatic when used without the “substituted” modifier signifies that the compound or chemical group so modified is an acyclic or cyclic, but non-aromatic hydrocarbon compound or group.
- the carbon atoms can be joined together in straight chains, branched chains, or non-aromatic rings (alicyclic).
- Aliphatic compounds/groups can be saturated, that is joined by single carbon-carbon bonds (alkanes/alkyl), or unsaturated, with one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (alkenes/alkenyl) or with one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds (alkynes/alkynyl).
- aromatic when used to modify a compound or a chemical group refers to a planar unsaturated ring of atoms with 4n+2 electrons in a fully conjugated cyclic it system.
- alkyl when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to a monovalent saturated aliphatic group with a carbon atom as the point of attachment, a linear or branched acyclic structure, and no atoms other than carbon and hydrogen.
- the groups —CH 3 (Me), —CH 2 CH 3 (Et), —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 (n-Pr or propyl), —CH(CH 3 ) 2 (i-Pr, i Pr or isopropyl), —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 (n-Bu), —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 (sec-butyl), —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 (isobutyl), —C(CH 3 ) 3 (tert-butyl, t-butyl, t-Bu or t Bu), and —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 (neo-pentyl) are non-limiting examples of alkyl groups.
- alkanediyl when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to a divalent saturated aliphatic group, with one or two saturated carbon atom(s) as the point(s) of attachment, a linear or branched acyclic structure, no carbon-carbon double or triple bonds, and no atoms other than carbon and hydrogen.
- the groups —CH 2 -(methylene), —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 —, and —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 — are non-limiting examples of alkanediyl groups.
- alkylidene when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the divalent group ⁇ CRR′ in which R and R′ are independently hydrogen or alkyl.
- alkylidene groups include: ⁇ CH 2 , ⁇ CH(CH 2 CH 3 ), and ⁇ C(CH 3 ) 2 .
- An “alkane” refers to the class of compounds having the formula H—R, wherein R is alkyl as this term is defined above.
- the following groups are non-limiting examples of substituted alkyl groups: —CH 2 OH, —CH 2 Cl, —CF 3 , —CH 2 CN, —CH 2 C(O)OH, —CH 2 C(O)OCH 3 , —CH 2 C(O)NH 2 , —CH 2 C(O)CH 3 , —CH 2 OCH 3 , —CH 2 OC(O)CH 3 , —CH 2 NH 2 , —CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , and —CH 2 CH 2 Cl.
- aryl when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to a monovalent unsaturated aromatic group with an aromatic carbon atom as the point of attachment, said carbon atom forming part of a one or more six-membered aromatic ring structure, wherein the ring atoms are all carbon, and wherein the group consists of no atoms other than carbon and hydrogen. If more than one ring is present, the rings may be fused or unfused. As used herein, the term does not preclude the presence of one or more alkyl or aralkyl groups (carbon number limitation permitting) attached to the first aromatic ring or any additional aromatic ring present.
- Non-limiting examples of aryl groups include phenyl (Ph), methylphenyl, (dimethyl)phenyl, —C 6 H 4 CH 2 CH 3 (ethylphenyl), naphthyl, and a monovalent group derived from biphenyl.
- the term “arenediyl” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to a divalent aromatic group with two aromatic carbon atoms as points of attachment, said carbon atoms forming part of one or more six-membered aromatic ring structure(s) wherein the ring atoms are all carbon, and wherein the monovalent group consists of no atoms other than carbon and hydrogen.
- the term does not preclude the presence of one or more alkyl, aryl or aralkyl groups (carbon number limitation permitting) attached to the first aromatic ring or any additional aromatic ring present. If more than one ring is present, the rings may be fused or unfused. Unfused rings may be connected via one or more of the following: a covalent bond, alkanediyl, or alkenediyl groups (carbon number limitation permitting).
- arenediyl groups include:
- an “arene” refers to the class of compounds having the formula H—R, wherein R is aryl as that term is defined above. Benzene and toluene are non-limiting examples of arenes. When any of these terms are used with the “substituted” modifier one or more hydrogen atom has been independently replaced by —OH, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CO 2 H, —CO 2 CH 3 , —CN, —SH, —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —C(O)CH 3 , —NHCH 3 , —NHCH 2 CH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NHCH 3 , —C(O)N(CH 3 ) 2 , —OC(O)CH 3 , —NHC(O)CH 3 , —S(O) 2
- aralkyl when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the monovalent group -alkanediyl-aryl, in which the terms alkanediyl and aryl are each used in a manner consistent with the definitions provided above.
- Non-limiting examples are: phenylmethyl (benzyl, Bn) and 2-phenyl-ethyl.
- aralkyl When the term aralkyl is used with the “substituted” modifier one or more hydrogen atom from the alkanediyl and/or the aryl group has been independently replaced by —OH, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CO 2 H, —CO 2 CH 3 , —CN, —SH, —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —C(O)CH 3 , —NHCH 3 , —NHCH 2 CH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NHCH 3 , —C(O)N(CH 3 ) 2 , —OC(O)CH 3 , —NHC(O)CH 3 , —S(O) 2 OH, or —S(O) 2 NH 2 .
- substituted aralkyls are:
- heteroaryl when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to a monovalent aromatic group with an aromatic carbon atom or nitrogen atom as the point of attachment, said carbon atom or nitrogen atom forming part of one or more aromatic ring structures wherein at least one of the ring atoms is nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, and wherein the heteroaryl group consists of no atoms other than carbon, hydrogen, aromatic nitrogen, aromatic oxygen and aromatic sulfur. If more than one ring is present, the rings may be fused or unfused. As used herein, the term does not preclude the presence of one or more alkyl, aryl, and/or aralkyl groups (carbon number limitation permitting) attached to the aromatic ring or aromatic ring system.
- heteroaryl groups include furanyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl (Im), isoxazolyl, methylpyridinyl, oxazolyl, phenylpyridinyl, pyridinyl (pyridyl), pyrrolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, quinolyl, quinazolyl, quinoxalinyl, triazinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, and triazolyl.
- N-heteroaryl refers to a heteroaryl group with a nitrogen atom as the point of attachment.
- a “heteroarene” refers to the class of compounds having the formula H—R, wherein R is heteroaryl. Pyridine and quinoline are non-limiting examples of heteroarenes. When these terms are used with the “substituted” modifier one or more hydrogen atom has been independently replaced by —OH, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CO 2 H, —CO 2 CH 3 , —CN, —SH, —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —C(O)CH 3 , —NHCH 3 , —NHCH 2 CH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NHCH 3 , —C(O)N(CH 3 ) 2 , —OC(O)CH 3 , —NHC(O)CH 3 , —S(O) 2 OH, or —S
- acyl when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the group —C(O)R, in which R is a hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl as those terms are defined above.
- the groups, —CHO, —C(O)CH 3 (acetyl, Ac), —C(O)CH 2 CH 3 , —C(O)CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(O)CH(CH 2 ) 2 , —C(O)C 6 H 5 , and —C(O)C 6 H 4 CH 3 are non-limiting examples of acyl groups.
- a “thioacyl” is defined in an analogous manner, except that the oxygen atom of the group —C(O)R has been replaced with a sulfur atom, —C(S)R.
- aldehyde corresponds to an alkyl group, as defined above, attached to a —CHO group.
- one or more hydrogen atom (including a hydrogen atom directly attached to the carbon atom of the carbonyl or thiocarbonyl group, if any) has been independently replaced by —OH, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , —CO 2 H, —CO 2 CH 3 , —CN, —SH, —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —C(O)CH 3 , —NHCH 3 , —NHCH 2 CH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NHCH 3 , —C(O)N(CH 3 ) 2 , —OC(O)CH 3 , —NHC(O)CH 3 , —S(O) 2 OH, or —S(O) 2 NH 2 .
- the groups, —C(O)CH 2 CF 3 , —CO 2 H (carboxyl), —CO 2 CH 3 (methylcarboxyl), —CO 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —C(O)NH 2 (carbamoyl), and —CON(CH 3 ) 2 are non-limiting examples of substituted acyl groups.
- alkoxy when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the group —OR, in which R is an alkyl, as that term is defined above.
- R is an alkyl
- Non-limiting examples include: —OCH 3 (methoxy), —OCH 2 CH 3 (ethoxy), —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 (isopropoxy), —OC(CH 3 ) 3 (tert-butoxy), —OCH(CH 2 ) 2 , —O-cyclopentyl, and —O-cyclohexyl.
- cycloalkoxy when used without the “substituted” modifier, refers to groups, defined as —OR, in which R is cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, and acyl, respectively.
- alkylthio and “acylthio” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the group —SR, in which R is an alkyl and acyl, respectively.
- alcohol corresponds to an alkane, as defined above, wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a hydroxy group.
- ether corresponds to an alkane, as defined above, wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with an alkoxy group.
- alkylamino when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the group —NHR, in which R is an alkyl, as that term is defined above. Non-limiting examples include: —NHCH 3 and —NHCH 2 CH 3 .
- dialkylamino when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the group —NRR′, in which R and R′ can be the same or different alkyl groups, or R and R′ can be taken together to represent an alkanediyl.
- dialkylamino groups include: —N(CH 3 ) 2 and —N(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ).
- cycloalkylamino when used without the “substituted” modifier, refers to groups, defined as —NHR, in which R is cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylsulfonyl, respectively.
- a non-limiting example of an arylamino group is —NHC 6 H 5 .
- a non-limiting example of an amido group is —NHC(O)CH 3 .
- alkylimino when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the divalent group ⁇ NR, in which R is an alkyl, as that term is defined above.
- the term “about” is used to indicate that a value includes the inherent variation of error for the device, the method being employed to determine the value, or the variation that exists among the study subjects, or +/ ⁇ 5% of the stated value.
- “effective,” as that term is used in the specification and/or claims, means adequate to accomplish a desired, expected, or intended result. “Effective amount,” “Therapeutically effective amount” or “pharmaceutically effective amount” when used in the context of treating a patient or subject with a compound means that amount of the compound which, when administered to a subject or patient for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
- IC 50 refers to an inhibitory dose which is 50% of the maximum response obtained. This quantitative measure indicates how much of a particular drug or other substance (inhibitor) is needed to inhibit a given biological, biochemical or chemical process (or component of a process, i.e. an enzyme, cell, cell receptor or microorganism) by half.
- An “isomer” of a first compound is a separate compound in which each molecule contains the same constituent atoms as the first compound, but where the configuration of those atoms in three dimensions differs.
- the term “patient” or “subject” refers to a living vertebrate organism, such as a human, monkey, cow, sheep, goat, dog, cat, mouse, rat, guinea pig, bird, fish or transgenic species thereof.
- the patient or subject is a primate.
- Non-limiting examples of human subjects are adults, juveniles, infants and fetuses.
- “pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues, organs, and/or bodily fluids of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problems or complications commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” means salts of the compound of the present disclosure which are pharmaceutically acceptable, as defined above, and which possess the desired pharmacological activity. Such salts include acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or with organic acids such as 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, 4,4′-methylenebis(3-hydroxy-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid), 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, acetic acid, aliphatic mono- and dicarboxylic acids, aliphatic sulfuric acids, aromatic sulfuric acids, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, carbonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts also include base addition salts which may be formed when acidic protons present are capable of reacting with inorganic or organic bases.
- Acceptable inorganic bases include sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide and calcium hydroxide.
- Acceptable organic bases include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine and the like. It should be recognized that the particular anion or cation forming a part of any salt of this disclosure is not critical, so long as the salt, as a whole, is pharmacologically acceptable. Additional examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts and their methods of preparation and use are presented in Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, and Use (2002).
- Prevention includes: (1) inhibiting the onset of a disease in a subject or patient which may be at risk and/or predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display any or all of the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, and/or (2) slowing the onset of the pathology or symptomatology of a disease in a subject or patient which may be at risk and/or predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display any or all of the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, including reactivation.
- Prodrug means a compound that is convertible in vivo metabolically into an inhibitor according to the present disclosure.
- the prodrug itself may or may not also have activity with respect to a given target protein.
- a compound comprising a hydroxy group may be administered as an ester that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the hydroxy compound.
- esters that may be converted in vivo into hydroxy compounds include acetates, citrates, lactates, phosphates, tartrates, malonates, oxalates, salicylates, propionates, succinates, fumarates, maleates, methylene-bis- ⁇ -hydroxynaphthoate, gentisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methanesulfonates, ethanesulfonates, benzenesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates, cyclohexylsulfamates, quinates, esters of amino acids, and the like.
- a compound comprising an amine group may be administered as an amide that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the amine compound.
- a “stereoisomer” or “optical isomer” is an isomer of a given compound in which the same atoms are bonded to the same other atoms, but where the configuration of those atoms in three dimensions differs.
- “Enantiomers” are stereoisomers of a given compound that are mirror images of each other, like left and right hands.
- “Diastereomers” are stereoisomers of a given compound that are not enantiomers.
- Chiral molecules contain a chiral center, also referred to as a stereocenter or stereogenic center, which is any point, though not necessarily an atom, in a molecule bearing groups such that an interchanging of any two groups leads to a stereoisomer.
- the chiral center is typically a carbon, phosphorus or sulfur atom, though it is also possible for other atoms to be stereocenters in organic and inorganic compounds.
- a molecule can have multiple stereocenters, giving it many stereoisomers.
- the total number of hypothetically possible stereoisomers will not exceed 2 n , where n is the number of tetrahedral stereocenters.
- Molecules with symmetry frequently have fewer than the maximum possible number of stereoisomers.
- a 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture.
- a mixture of enantiomers can be enantiomerically enriched so that one enantiomer is present in an amount greater than 50%.
- enantiomers and/or diasteromers can be resolved or separated using techniques known in the art. It is contemplated that for any stereocenter or axis of chirality for which stereochemistry has not been defined, that stereocenter or axis of chirality can be present in its R form, S form, or as a mixture of the R and S forms, including racemic and non-racemic mixtures.
- the phrase “substantially free from other stereoisomers” means that the composition contains ⁇ 15%, more preferably ⁇ 10%, even more preferably ⁇ 5%, or most preferably ⁇ 1% of another stereoisomer(s).
- Effective amount means that amount which, when administered to a subject or patient for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
- Treatment includes (1) inhibiting a disease in a subject or patient experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease (e.g., arresting further development of the pathology and/or symptomatology), (2) ameliorating a disease in a subject or patient that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease (e.g., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology), and/or (3) effecting any measurable decrease in a disease in a subject or patient that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease.
- treatment of a patient afflicted with one of the pathological conditions described herein comprises administering to such a patient an amount of compound described herein which is therapeutically effective in controlling the condition or in prolonging the survivability of the patient beyond that expected in the absence of such treatment.
- the term “inhibition” of the condition also refers to slowing, interrupting, arresting or stopping the condition and does not necessarily indicate a total elimination of the condition. It is believed that prolonging the survivability of a patient, beyond being a significant advantageous effect in and of itself, also indicates that the condition is beneficially controlled to some extent.
- a pharmaceutical composition appropriate for the intended application.
- this will entail preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is essentially free of pyrogens, as well as any other impurities or contaminants that could be harmful to humans or animals.
- One also will generally desire to employ appropriate buffers to render the complex stable and allow for uptake by target cells.
- compositions of the present disclosure comprise an effective amount of the active compound, as discussed above, further dispersed in pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or aqueous medium. Such compositions also are referred to as inocula.
- pharmaceutically or pharmacologically acceptable refers to compositions that do not produce an adverse, allergic or other untoward reaction when administered to an animal, or a human, as appropriate, as well as the requisite sterility for in vivo uses.
- “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active ingredients also can be incorporated into the compositions.
- Solutions of therapeutic compositions can be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant, such as hydroxypropylcellulose.
- Dispersions also can be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
- compositions of the present disclosure are advantageously administered in the form of injectable compositions either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid prior to injection may also be prepared. These preparations also may be emulsified.
- a typical composition for such purpose comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the composition may contain 10 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg or up to about 100 mg of human serum albumin per milliliter of phosphate buffered saline.
- Other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include aqueous solutions, non-toxic excipients, including salts, preservatives, buffers and the like.
- non-aqueous solvents examples include propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oil and injectable organic esters such as ethyloleate.
- Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, saline solutions, parenteral vehicles such as sodium chloride, Ringer's dextrose, etc.
- Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers.
- Preservatives include antimicrobial agents, anti-oxidants, chelating agents and inert gases. The pH and exact concentration of the various components the pharmaceutical composition are adjusted according to well-known parameters.
- Oral formulations include such typical excipients as, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate and the like.
- the compositions take the form of solutions, suspensions, tablets, pills, capsules, sustained release formulations or powders.
- the route is topical, the form may be a cream, ointment, a controlled release patch, salve or spray.
- the topical formulation by used for administration to the skin, to mucosa membranes such as the eye, eye lids, the genitals, the anus, or the inside of the mouth or nose, and in particular to the cornea.
- unit dose refers to physically discrete units suitable for use in a subject, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of the therapeutic composition calculated to produce the desired responses, discussed above, in association with its administration, i.e., the appropriate route and treatment regimen.
- the quantity to be administered both according to number of treatments and unit dose, depends on the protection desired.
- Precise amounts of the therapeutic composition also depend on the judgment of the practitioner and are peculiar to each individual. Factors affecting dose include physical and clinical state of the patient, the route of administration, the intended goal of treatment and the potency, stability and toxicity of the particular therapeutic substance.
- Formulations of the present disclosure are suitable for oral administration.
- the therapeutic compositions of the present disclosure may be administered via any common route so long as the target tissue is available via that route. This includes nasal, buccal, corneal, ocularly, rectal, vaginal, or topical administration, and intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal or intravenous injection.
- compositions would be formulated pharmaceutically in route-acceptable compositions that include physiologically acceptable carriers, buffers or other excipients.
- the timing of delivery depends on the judgment of the practitioner and are peculiar to each individual. Factors affecting dose include physical and clinical state of the patient, the route of administration, the intended goal of treatment and the potency, stability and toxicity of the particular therapeutic substance.
- Combinations may be achieved by administering a single composition or pharmacological formulation that includes both agents, or with two distinct compositions or formulations, at the same time, wherein one composition includes the agents of the present disclosure and the other includes the standard therapy.
- standard therapy may precede or follow the present agent treatment by intervals ranging from minutes to weeks to months.
- Drugs suitable for such combinations include, but are not limited to, DNA polymerase inhibitors (nucleoside analogs), including acyclovir, famciclovir, valaciclovir, penciclovir, and ganciclovir. Additionally, it is contemplated that other antiviral agents such as a pegylated interferon, interferon alfa-2b, lamivudine, adefovir, telbivudine, entercavir, or tenofovir may be used in combination with the compounds described herein.
- Vero cells were maintained in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) containing 3% newborn calf serum, 3% bovine growth serum, 2 mM L-glutamine and 100 IU/mL penicillin and 0.1 mg/mL streptomycin (P/S).
- DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium
- HSV-1 #6 and HSV-2 #1 are de-identified clinical isolates from the Saint Louis University Hospital. Stocks were prepared after a single passage in cell culture and were titered by standard plaque assay (Knipe and Spang, 1982). Wild-type HSV-2 used in FIG. 3 was laboratory strain 333.
- TK-deficient mutant of HSV-2 strain 333 contains a 180-bp KpnI-KpnI deletion in the UL23 open reading frame that abrogates TK activity (McDermott, et al, 1984).
- ⁇ TK ⁇ was the generous gift of Jim Smiley. Virus stocks were grown and titered on Vero cells (Morrison and Knipe, 1996).
- the compound was selected for evaluation of its ability to inhibit HSV replication based on one or more of the following criteria:
- Compounds to be screened were diluted in PBS supplemented to contain 2% newborn calf serum and 1% glutamine, and added in 100 ⁇ L volume to confluent cell monolayers in 24-well cluster plates. Immediately thereafter HSV-1 and HSV-2, diluted in the supplemented PBS medium, were added to the wells in 50 ⁇ l volume such that the final concentration of compound was 50 ⁇ M, 5 ⁇ M and 1 ⁇ M and the multiplicity of infection was 0.1. The plates were incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour and then virus-containing inoculum was removed and the wells were washed once in PBS.
- Mitochondrial toxicity was measured by incubating the cells with 0.25 mg/mL thiazolyl blue tetrazolium bromide (MTT, SigmaAldrich Chemical Co.), the cultures were incubated for 60 min, metabolites were solubilized in acidic isopropanol, and absorbance was read at 570 nm. CC 50 values were calculated by non-linear curve fitting using GraphPad Prism.
- Microsomal incubations are run at a final P450 concentration of 0.25 ⁇ M.
- the microsomal mixture is composed of 0.1M potassium phosphate containing 3.3 mM MgCl and 1 ⁇ M compound (final concentration). The mixture is prewarmed for 5 min at 37° C.
- a 12 mM stock of NAPDH (1.2 mM, final concentration) is added to the warmed microsomal mixture and aliquots are removed at 0, 5, 10, 20 and 30 min. Samples are quenched with ice cold acetonitrile containing internal standard and either 1.8 mM EDTA or EGTA (final concentration). Samples are vortexed and spun down at 3200 rpm for 5 min. The supernant is transferred to 96-deep well plates and run on LC/MS/MS.
- Recombinant HBV RNaseH and human RNaseH1 were expressed in E. coli and partially purified by nickel-affinity chromatography as previously described in Tavis, et al. (2013).
- the enriched extracts were dialyzed into 50 mM HEPES pH 7.3, 300 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, and 5 mM DTT and stored in liquid nitrogen.
- Oligonucleotide-Directed RNA Cleavage Assay Oligonucleotide-Directed RNA Cleavage Assay.
- RNaseH activity was measured using an oligonucleotide-directed RNA cleavage assay as previously described in Hu, et al., Tavis, et al., and Cai, et al. (2013; 2013; and 2014, respectfully). Briefly, 6 ⁇ L protein extract was mixed on ice with an internally 32 P-labeled 264 nt RNA derived from the Duck Hepatitis B Virus genome (DRF+ RNA) plus 3 ⁇ g oligonucleotide D2507- or its inverse-complement oligonucleotide D2526+ as a negative control.
- DRF+ RNA Duck Hepatitis B Virus genome
- HBV replication was measured in HepDES19 cells as previously described in Cai, et al. (2014).
- Cells were seeded into 6-well plates and incubated in DMEM/F12, 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 1% penicillin/streptomycin (P/S) with 1 ⁇ g/mL tetracycline. Tetracycline was withdrawn after 24 hours.
- the test compound was applied to duplicate wells 48 hours later in medium containing a final DMSO concentration of 1%, and medium containing the compound was refreshed daily for the following two days.
- Cells were harvested and non-encapsidated nucleic acids were digested with micrococcal nuclease (New England Biolabs).
- HBV DNA was purified from capsids using QIAamp Cador Pathogen Mini Kit (Qiagen) with proteinase K incubation overnight at 37° C.
- TaqMan PCR was performed for 40 cycles at an annealing temperature of 60° C.
- Primers and probe (IDT Inc.) for the plus-polarity strand were: 5′CATGAACAAGAGATGATTAGGCAGAG3′; 5′GGAGGCTGTAGGCATAAATTGG3′; 5′/56-FAM/CTGCGCACC/ZEN/AGCACCATGCA/3IABkFQ.
- Primers and probe for the minus-polarity strand were: 5′ GCAGATGAGAAGGCACAGA3′; 5′CTTCTCCGTCTGCCGTT3′; 5′/56-FAM/AGTCCGCGT/ZEN/AAAGAGAGGTGCG/3IABkFQ.
- This compound was selected based on its structural similarity to polyoxygenated heterocycle compounds with anti-microbial activity.
- Piroctone olamine (octopirox; #191) is an approved antifungal in Europe. Its structure is shown in FIG. 1 .
- octopirox octopirox
- FIG. 1 Nine napthyridinones were tested for capacity to inhibit the nuclease activity of pUL15C (Masaoka et al., 2016). Seven of these inhibited nuclease activity with IC 50 values ⁇ 2 ⁇ M, and two of the seven compounds (#151 and 155) strongly suppressed HSV-1 and HSV-2 replication in cell culture at 5 ⁇ M or less (Table 2).
- Efficacy of this compound against both HSV-1 and HSV-2 was initially assessed at 50, 5 and 1 ⁇ M in a semi-quantitative replication inhibition assay. Inhibition was categorized as negligible ( ⁇ 1 log 10 at 50 ⁇ M relative to the DMSO-treated control), intermediate (1 to 3 log 10 suppression, which equals 10- to 1,000-fold reduction), or strong (3 to 6 log 10 suppression, or 1,000- to 1,000,000-fold reduction).
- Compound #191 piroctone olamine or octopirox
- Compound #191 maintained intermediate inhibition of HSV-1 and HSV-2 even at 1 ⁇ M (Table 2).
- HSV-1 inhibited HSV-1 by 3.61 log 10 (4,074-fold) and HSV-2 by 4.59 log 10 (39,000-fold) at 5 ⁇ M.
- the approved anti-HSV drug acyclovir inhibited HSV-1 replication in this assay by 4.22 log 10 (16,600-fold) and HSV-2 by only 3.6 log 10 (3,980-fold) at 5 ⁇ M. Therefore, this polyoxygenated heterocycle compound inhibits both HSV-1 and HSV-2 replication as well as or better than acyclovir.
- a quantitative toxicity measurement was conducted. Toxicity was assessed by measuring release of intracellular proteases into the culture medium due to cellular lysis. Cells were plated in 96-well plates at 1.0 ⁇ 10 4 per well. The next day compound was added in concentrations ranging from 0.78 to 100 ⁇ M in a final concentration of 1% (v/v) DMSO. The cells were incubated for 24 hours under conditions identical to those employed for the viral replication inhibition assays, and then mitochondrial activity was measured with the MTT assay (Sigma Aldrich) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Percent viability was determined for each compound concentration from the luminosity data, and then 50% cytotoxic concentration (CC 50 ) value was calculated by non-linear curve fitting using GraphPad Prism. Consistent with the subjective assessments of toxicity, #191 had a CC 50 value >100 ⁇ M under these conditions (Table 1). #191 did not inhibit the activity of human RNaseH1 (Table 1), another indicator of low toxicity.
- Compound #191 suppressed replication of three primary clinical isolates of HSV-2 by >4.7 log 10 at 5 ⁇ M ( FIG. 2 ), indicating that it is active against a range of clinically relevant virus strains.
- ACV is a nucleoside analog prodrug that must be phosphorylated by the viral thymidine kinase (TK) for it to become a substrate for the viral DNA polymerase (Elion, et al., 1977). HSV TK-deficient mutants are therefore insensitive to ACV.
- TK viral thymidine kinase
- the cells were treated with 5 ⁇ M ACV or compound #191 as was done in the primary screening assays, and viral yields 24 hours post-infection were measured by plaque assay.
- ACV 5 ⁇ M inhibited wild-type HSV-2 replication 100-fold, but it had little effect on the TK ⁇ mutant ( FIG. 3 ).
- compound #191 efficiently inhibited the wild-type HSV-2 and the TK ⁇ mutant strain. Therefore, this compound does not require phosphorylation by the viral TK gene to be active, confirming that compound #191 suppress HSV-2 replication in a different manner than ACV.
- Table 3 shows the elimination profile of compounds #191, #41, and #208.
- the table shows the half life, the intrinsic clearance, the hepatic clearance, extraction ratio, and methods of turnover.
- Several compounds tested in mouse liver microsomes had long half-lives, low extraction ratios, and no evidence of non-P450 turnover (Table 3), suggesting their capacity to resist rapid degradation and elimination by the liver.
- the inventors here demonstrate that a polyoxygenated heterocycle compound profoundly suppresses replication of HSV-1 and HSV-2 with no measurable toxicity in a short-term cell culture assay. Inhibition by this primary screening hit is equal or superior to the approved anti-herpesvirus drug acyclovir, particularly against HSV-2.
- the existing compound may already be superior to the drugs that are used for HSV-2 infection, and improved efficacy can readily be envisioned through standard medicinal chemistry approaches.
- Its structural dissimilarity to the nucleoside analogs implies a novel mode of action, suggesting it would be a good candidate for combination therapy with the existing anti-herpesvirus drugs to improve efficacy of antiviral therapy.
- HBV activity of some of the compounds described herein is shown in Table 4 below.
- HBV Activity Com- Qualitative HBV pound EC 50 CC 50 replication Number Compound ( ⁇ M) ( ⁇ M) inhibition assay 151 4.7 15 ** 153 4.1 10 ** 210 1.5 71 ** 208 0.69 15 ** 211 13 30 ** 49 ND 9 — ** + DNA suppression ⁇ 25% and ⁇ DNA suppression >60% *+ DNA suppression ⁇ 50% of ⁇ DNA suppression ND - not determined
- RNAseH inhibitors from two different chemical classes were employed, compound #1 [2-hydroxyisoquinoline-1,3(2H,4H)-dione], an HID, and #46 ( ⁇ -thujaplicinol), an ⁇ -hydroxytropolone, were tested. Chou-Talaly analysis yields a combination index (CI). CI values ⁇ 1.0 indicate synergy, CIs of approximately 1.0 indicate additive interactions, and CI values >1.0 indicate antagonism. CI values are calculated at various efficacy levels (EC 50 , EC 75 , EC 90 , and EC 95 ), and a weighted CI value favoring higher efficacy levels is also generated. FIGS.
- RNAseH inhibitors act strongly synergistically with an approved nucleos(t)ide analog drug against HBV. This demonstrates feasibility for employing RNAseH inhibitors in combination therapy with the nucleos(t)ide analogs during HBV treatment.
- RNAseH Inhibitor Sensitivity is Insensitive to High Genetic Variation
- RNAseH inhibitors #1 [2-hydroxyisoquinoline-1,3(2H,4H)-dione], an HID, and #46 (P3-thujaplicinol), an ⁇ -hydroxytropolone, for the ability to inhibit variant RNAseHs. Twelve purified, patient-derived RNAseH enzymes (4 from each genotypes B, C and D) were tested with the compounds at their respective IC 50 values in a biochemical RNAseH assay.
- compositions and methods disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods of this disclosure have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may be applied to the compositions and methods, and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the methods described herein without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the disclosure. More specifically, it will be apparent that certain agents which are both chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while the same or similar results would be achieved. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the disclosure as defined by the appended claims.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- The present application claims benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/174,385, filed Jun. 11, 2015, and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/309,303, filed Mar. 16, 2016, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- The invention was made with government support under Grant No. Grants No. R01 AI104494, U01 DK082871, and R03 AI109460 awarded by the National Institutes of Health.
- The government has certain rights in the invention.
- The disclosure relates to the fields of pathology, virology, molecular biology and pharmaceuticals. More specifically, the disclosure relates to the identification of candidate inhibitors for the treatment and prevention of herpesvirus and hepatitis B diseases. Also provided are compounds having such activity.
- Herpesviridae is a large family of DNA viruses that cause diseases in vertebrates, including humans. These viruses are significant pathogens and, in addition to primary infections, cause latent, recurring infections. At least six species of Herpesviridae—herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1) and HSV-2 (both of which can cause orolabial herpes and genital herpes), Varicella-zoster virus (which causes chickenpox and shingles), Epstein-Barr virus (which causes mononucleosis), Cytomegalovirus (which causes mental retardation and deafness in neonates), and Human herpesvirus 6B (which causes roseola infantum and febrile seizures)—are extremely widespread among humans. More than 90% of adults have been infected with at least one of these, and a latent form of the virus remains in most people. Other viruses with human tropism include human herpesvirus 6A, human herpesvirus 7 and Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus. There are more than 130 herpesviruses, including those that infect non-human mammals, birds, fish, reptiles, amphibians, and mollusks.
- The drugs, acyclovir and ganciclovir, are considered the standard treatments and prophylactic agents for infections caused by HSV, VZV and CMV. Until a decade ago, the impact of acyclovir on the control of severe and life-threatening herpesvirus infections was unprecedented. Recently, approval of new drugs (i.e., penciclovir and the oral prodrugs, valaciclovir, famciclovir, cidofovir, fomivirsen, and foscamet) has increased the number of therapeutic options for medical practitioners. Newer agents, such as brivudin and benzimidavir, are in ongoing clinical development, while others have been suspended because of safety concerns. Regardless, new anti-herpes agents are needed to face clinical issues such as drug resistance, increased use of anti-herpes prophylaxis, and safety concerns in small children or pregnant women.
- Similarly, hepatitis B virus (HBV) is a hepatotropic DNA virus that replicates by reverse transcription (Hostomsky et al., 1993). It chronically infects >350 million people world-wide and kills up to 1.2 million patients annually by inducing liver failure and liver cancer (Steitz, 1995; Katayanagi et al., 1990; Yang et al., 1990; Lai et al., 2000). Reverse transcription is catalyzed by a virally-encoded polymerase that has two enzymatic activities: a DNA polymerase that synthesizes new DNA and a ribonuclease H (RNAseH) that destroys the viral RNA after it has been copied into DNA (Hostomsky et al., 1993; Rice et al., 2001; Hickman et al., 1994; Ariyoshi et al., 1994). Both activities are essential for viral replication.
- HBV infections are treated with interferon α or one of five nucleos(t)ide analogs (Parker et al., 2004; Song et al., 2004; Lima et al., 2001). Interferon α leads to sustained clinical improvement in 20-30% of patients, but the infection is very rarely cleared (Hostomsky et al., 1993; Katayanagi et al., 1990; Braunshofer-Reiter et al., 1998). The nucleos(t)ide analogs are used more frequently than interferon. They inhibit DNA synthesis and suppress viral replication by 4-5 log10 in up to 70-90% patients, often to below the standard clinical detection limit of 300-400 copies/ml (Braunshofer-Reiter et al., 1998; Nowotny et al., 2005; Klumpp et al., 2003. However, treatment eradicates the infection as measured by loss of the viral surface antigen (HBsAg) from the serum in only 3-6% of patients even after years of therapy (Braunshofer-Reiter et al., 1998; Nowotny et al., 2005; Klumpp et al., 2003; Nowotny et al., 2006). Antiviral resistance was a major problem with the earlier nucleos(t)ide analogs, but resistance to the newer drugs entecavir and tenofovir is very low (Parker et al., 2004; Keck et al., 1998; Goedken et al., 2001; Li et al., 1995). This has converted HBV from a steadily worsening disease into a controllable condition for most individuals (McClure, 1993). The cost of this control is indefinite administration of the drugs (probably life-long; (Song et al., 2004), with ongoing expenses of $400-600/month (Poch et al., 1989; Hu et al. 1996; Hu et al., 1997) and unpredictable adverse effects associated with decades-long exposure to the drugs.
- As such, there remains a need to develop new therapeutic options for these diseases.
- Thus, in accordance with the present disclosure, there is provided a method of inhibiting a cellular or herpesvirus nucleic acid metabolism enzyme comprising contacting said enzyme with a compound having the formula:
- or a compound of the formula:
- wherein:
-
- R4 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
- R5 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8);
- R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
- R7 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups; or
a compound of the formula:
- wherein:
-
- R9 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
- R10 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
- R11 is hydrogen or Y1—O—X1—OR12; wherein:
- Y1 is alkanediyl(C≤8) or substituted alkanediyl(C≤8);
- X1 is arenediyl(C≤12), heteroarenediyl(C≤12), or a substituted version of either of these groups;
- R12 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof.
- In some embodiments, the compound is further defined as:
- wherein:
-
- R4 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
- R5 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8);
- R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
- R7 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups; or
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof. In other embodiments, the compound is further defined as:
- wherein:
-
- R9 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
- R10 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
- R11 is hydrogen or Y1—O—X1—OR12; wherein:
- Y1 is alkanediyl(C≤8) or substituted alkanediyl(C≤8);
- X1 is arenediyl(C≤12), heteroarenediyl(C≤12), or a substituted version of either of these groups;
- R12 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof.
- In other embodiments, the compound is further defined as:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof. In other embodiments, the compound is further defined as:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof.
- The salt maybe an ethanolamine salt. The method may further comprise contacting said enzyme with a second inhibitor of said enzyme, or further comprise contacting said enzyme with said compound a second time. The enzyme may be located in a cell, which cell may be located in vitro or located in a living subject. The subject may be a vertebrate infected with a herpesvirus. The compound may be administered intravenously, intraarterially, ocularly, orally, buccally, nasally, rectally, vaginally, topically, intramuscularly, intradermally, cutaneously or subcutaneously. The subject may be further administered a second anti-herpesvirus therapy distinct from the compound. The second anti-herpesvirus therapy may be foscarnet or a nucleoside analog, such as acyclovir, famciclovir, valaciclovir, penciclovir, or ganciclovir. The second anti-herpesvirus therapy may be administered to the subject before or after said compound. The second anti-herpesvirus therapy may be administered to said subject at the same time as said compound.
- The subject may have previously received a first-line anti-herpesvirus therapy, and further may have developed resistance to said first-line anti-herpesvirus therapy. The herpevirus may be selected from a human alpha herpesvirus, a human beta herpesvirus or a human gamma herpesvirus. The human alpha herpesvirus may be selected from herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1), herpes simplex virus 2 (HSV-2), and Varicella-Zoster virus (VZV). The human beta herpesvirus may be selected from human cytomegalovirus (HCMV), human herpesvirus 6A, (HHV-6A), human herpesvirus 6B (HHV-6B), and human herpesvirus 7 (HHV-7). The human gamma herpesvirus may be selected from Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) and Kaposi's sarcoma herpesvirus (KSHV). The herpesvirus may be a non-human herpesvirus, such as Marek's disease virus, equine herpesviruses, Bovine herpeviruses, or pseudorabies virus.
- In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the formula:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof. The salt may be an ethanolamine salt. In some embodiments, the compound is dispersed in a pharmaceutically acceptable buffer, diluent, excipient or carrier. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for administration: orally, nasally, ocularly, buccally, corneally, rectally, vaginally, or topically. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition formulated for administration via injection. In some embodiments, the injection is formulated for administration: intradermally, cutaneously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, intraarterially, or intravenously.
- In still another aspect, the present disclosure provides compounds of the formula:
- wherein:
-
- R1 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤18), heteroaryl(C≤12), alkylamino(C≤12), dialkylamino(C≤12), arylamino(C≤12), diarylamino(C≤12), aralkylamino(C≤18), diaralkylamino(C≤18), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
- R2 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
- R3 is hydrogen, amino, carboxyl, cyano, halo, hydroxy, nitro, hydroxysulfonyl, or sulfonylamine; or
- alkyl(C≤8), aryl(C≤8), acyl(C≤8), alkoxy(C≤8), acyloxy(C≤8), amido(C≤8), or substituted version of any of these groups;
- X2 is hydrogen or —C(O)Ra, wherein: Ra is hydroxy, alkoxy(C≤8), or substituted alkoxy(C≤8); or
compounds of the formula:
- wherein:
-
- R4 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
- R5 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8);
- R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
- R7 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups; or
compounds of the formula:
- wherein:
-
- R9 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
- R10 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
- R11 is hydrogen or Y1—O—X1—OR12; wherein:
- Y1 is alkanediyl(C≤8) or substituted alkanediyl(C≤8);
- X1 is arenediyl(C≤12), heteroarenediyl(C≤12), or a substituted version of either of these groups;
- R12 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the compounds are further defined as:
- wherein:
-
- R1 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤8), heteroaryl(C≤12), alkylamino(C≤12), dialkylamino(C≤12), arylamino(C≤12), diarylamino(C≤12), aralkylamino(C≤8), diaralkylamino(C≤8), or a substituted version of any of these groups; and
- R2 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8);
- X2 is hydrogen or —C(O)Ra, wherein: Ra is hydroxy, alkoxy(C≤8), or substituted alkoxy(C≤8);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In other embodiments, the compounds are further defined as:
- wherein:
-
- R5 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8);
- R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
- R7 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In other embodiments, the compounds are further defined as:
- wherein:
-
- R10 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
- R11 is hydrogen or Y1—O—X1—OR12; wherein:
- Y1 is alkanediyl(C≤8) or substituted alkanediyl(C≤8);
- X1 is arenediyl(C≤12), heteroarenediyl(C≤12), or a substituted version of either of these groups;
- R12 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- In some embodiments, R2, R5, or R10 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R2, R5, and R10 are hydrogen. In some embodiments, R1 is aralky(C≤18), aralkylamino(C≤18), or a substituted version of either group. In some embodiments, R6 is hydroxy. In some embodiments, R7 is aryl(C≤12). In some embodiments, R11 is Y1—O—X1—OR12; wherein:
- Y1 is alkanediyl(C≤8);
- X1 is arenediyl(C≤12), or a substituted version of either of these groups;
- R12 is aryl(C≤12) or substituted aryl(C≤12).
- In some embodiments, the compounds are further defined as:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- In still yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound of the formula:
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- In still yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising:
- (A) a compound described herein; and
- (B) an excipient.
- In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for administration: orally, nasally, buccally, corneally, rectally, vaginally, topically, intradermally, cutaneously, ocularly, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, intraarterially, or intravenously. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated as a unit dose.
- In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of inhibiting a hepatitis B virus RNaseH comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or composition described herein. In some embodiments, the method is performed in vitro. In other embodiments, the method is performed in vivo. In other embodiments, the method is performed ex vivo. In some embodiments, the methods are sufficient to inhibit viral replication.
- In still yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of inhibiting replication of a hepatitis B virus comprising contacting the virus with an effective amount of a compound or composition described herein. In some embodiments, the method is performed in vitro. In other embodiments, the method is performed in vivo. In other embodiments, the method is performed ex vivo. In some embodiments, the methods are sufficient to treat an infection of a hepatitis B virus.
- In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of treating an infection of a hepatitis B virus in a patient comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition described herein. In some embodiments, the method further comprises a second antiviral treatment. In some embodiments, the second antiviral therapy is interferon alfa-2b, lamivudine, adefovir, telbivudine, entercavir, or tenofovir. In some embodiments, the patient is a mammal such as a human.
- The use of the word “a” or “an,” when used in conjunction with the term “comprising” in the claims and/or the specification may mean “one,” but it is also consistent with the meaning of “one or more,” “at least one,” and “one or more than one.”
- Throughout this application, the term “about” is used to indicate that a value includes the inherent variation of error for the device, the method being employed to determine the value, or the variation that exists among the study subjects, or +/−5% of the stated value.
- Other objects, features and advantages of the present disclosure will become apparent from the following detailed description. It should be understood, however, that the detailed description and the specific examples, while indicating preferred embodiments of the disclosure, are given by way of illustration only, since various changes and modifications within the spirit and scope of the disclosure will become apparent to those skilled in the art from this detailed description.
- The following drawings form part of the present specification and are included to further demonstrate certain aspects of the present disclosure. The disclosure may be better understood by reference to one or more of these drawings in combination with the detailed description of specific embodiments presented herein.
-
FIG. 1 . Structure of Piroctone Olamine. -
FIG. 2 .Compound # 191 inhibits replication of HSV-2 primary clinical isolates. Vero cell monolayers were infected with the indicated patient isolates at moi of 0.1 in the presence of piroctone olamine (#191) or DMSO control at 5 μM. Cultures were collected 24 hours post-infection and infectious virus titers were determined by plaque assay. Titers in #191-treated samples were subtracted from DMSO-treated samples. Values are the averages of duplicate cultures. -
FIG. 3 . Sensitivity of thymidine kinase-deficient HSV-2 to piroctone olamine. Vero cell monolayers were infected with the indicated wild-type or mutant HSV-1 or HSV-2 strains at moi of 0.1 in the presence of DMSO control or piroctone olamine at 5 μM. Duplicate cultures were collected 24 hours post-infection and infectious virus titers were determined by plaque assay. Titers in compound-treated samples were subtracted from DMSO-treated samples. Values are the averages±one standard error of the mean. -
FIGS. 4A & 4B . RNAseH inhibitors work synergistically with Lamivudine against HBV replication. Chou-Talaly combination indexes for compounds #1 (FIG. 4A ) and #46 (FIG. 4B ) together with Lamivudine. Additive interactions are shown with the red line, synergistic interactions below the line, and antagonistic interactions are above the line. -
FIGS. 5A & 5B . HBV's genetic variation is unlikely to present a barrier to RNAseH drug development. Four variant patient-derived RNAseH enzymes were expressed as recombinant enzymes, purified, and tested in an RNAseH assay with compounds #1 (FIG. 5A ) and #46 (FIG. 5B ) at their respective IC50s. - The inventors have previously demonstrated that inhibitors of nucleotidyl-transferase superfamily (NTS) enzymes can come from multiple different chemical classes. The compounds described herein may be used from a variety of different viral infections including herpesvirus and hepatitis B virus. Inhibitors of NTS enzymes like this compound may well have a high barrier to development of antiviral resistance, and its unique mode of action suggests that it should be a good candidate for combination therapy with the existing antiviral drugs to improve overall efficacy of antiviral therapy. These and other aspects of the disclosure are discussed in detail below.
- Herpesviruses are a diverse group of enveloped viruses having a large, double-stranded DNA genome enclosed in an icosahedral capsid (Pellet & Roizman 2013). The herpesviruses rely on the host cell RNA polymerase II for transcription, but encode all of the enzymes needed for replication of their genomes, including DNA polymerase, helicase, primase, terminase, ribonucleotide reductase, and thymidine kinase. All herpesviruses share the capacity to establish latency in host cells, allowing them to maintain the infection for the life of the host. Periodic reactivation from latency in response to cues in the cellular environment leads to lytic replication at mucosal surfaces, causing recurrent disease and providing the opportunity for transmission to uninfected individuals.
- The herpesviruses are divided into three subclasses based primarily on their cellular tropism and characteristics of the latent infection. The human alpha herpesviruses herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1) (Roizman et al., 2013), herpes simplex virus 2 (HSV-2) (Roizman et al., 2013) and Varicella-Zoster virus (VZV) (Arvin & Gilden 2013) establish latency in sensory neurons where they may remain quiescent for long periods of time. HSV-1 and HSV-2 are similar viruses with colinear genomes and 83% nucleotide sequence identity in protein coding regions (Dolan et al., 1998); VZV contains a smaller, less homologous genome. The human beta herpesviruses human cytomegalovirus (HCMV), human herpesvirus 6A (HHV-6A), human herpesvirus 6B (HHV-6B) and human herpesvirus 7 (HHV-7) (Yamanishi et al., 2013) establish latency predominantly in mononuclear cells. The human gamma herpesviruses Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) (Longnecker et al., 2013) and Kaposi's sarcoma herpesvirus (KSHV) (Damania & Cesarman 2013) stimulate cellular proliferation upon infection. EBV infects B lymphocytes, where it establishes latency, and also epithelial cells. By contrast, endothelial cells harbor the latent reservoir of KSHV, although the virus infects numerous other cell types as well. The genomes of latent beta and gamma herpesviruses are replicated as the host cell divides in order to maintain latent infection.
- Herpesviruses related the human alpha, beta and gamma herpesviruses infect numerous animal species, including several of significant economic importance. Key among these are pseudorabies virus which infects pigs, Marek's disease virus which infects chickens, bovine herpesvirus, equine herpesvirus, and salmonid and related herpesviruses that infect game fish.
- Primary infections with herpesviruses produce a broad spectrum of disease. HSV-1 causes numerous maladies (Roizman et al., 2013): gingivostomatitis; eczema herpeticum; herpes gladiatorum; less common but frequently fatal encephalitis; and an increasing proportion of ulcerative anogential lesions (Gilbert et al., 2011; Horowitz et al., 2011; Pena et al., 2010; Smith & Roberts 2009). Nearly two-thirds of the U.S. population has been exposed to HSV-1 (Xu et al., 2006). HSV-2 infects approximately 17% of Americans (Xu et al., 2006) and up to 75% of some demographics world-wide (Obasi et al., 1999 and Kamali et al., 1999), with an estimated global disease burden of more than half a billion people (Looker, et al., 2008). HSV-2 is the primary cause of ulcerative anogenital lesions. In addition, HSV-1 and HSV-2 may be transmitted from a pregnant woman to her child during birth, often causing potentially fatal disseminated disease in the newborn (Kimberlin 2007). HCMV is the most common in utero virus infection (Manicklal et al., 2013), and approximately 8,000 HCMV-infected infants born each year in the U.S. suffer sensorineural deafness, chorioretinitis, and/or mental retardation (James et al., 2009). In immunocompromised individuals, HCMV can cause mononucleosis, retinitis, colitis, pneumonitis, and esophagitis. These serious HCMV infections are associated with increased morbidity and mortality (Komatsu et al., 2014). EBV causes the vast majority of infectious mononucleosis, which strikes nearly half of young adults (Luzuriaga & Sullivan 2010). Notably, of the eight human herpesviruses, a vaccine is available only for VZV.
- The novel capacity of herpesviruses to establish and reactivate from latency is also associated with numerous pathologies. HSV-1 causes recurrent cold sores; a significant proportion of devastating viral encephalitis; and corneal scarring known as herpetic stromal keratitis which is the most frequent infectious cause of blindness, afflicting nearly 400,000 persons annually in the U.S. (Roizman et al., 2013). HSV-2 frequently reactivates to cause genital ulcers and prior HSV-2 infection is associated with an increased risk of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) acquisition (Roizman et al., 2013). Infants who survive HSV-1 or HSV-2 infections often experience life-long sequellae and periodic recurrent lesions (Kimberlin 2007 and James et al., 2009). VZV reactivates in up to half of older adults (Cohen 2013), and pain associated with the classic Zoster (shingles) rash and post-rash neuralgia can be excruciating. HCMV reactivation is associated with increased incidence of restenosis after angioplasty (Popovic et al., 2012), and also causes significant morbidity and mortality in recipients of bone marrow and solid organ transplants (Snydman 2008). Latent EBV infection is associated with a variety of cancers including Burkitt's lymphoma, two types of Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, and post-transplant lymphoproliferative disease. Latent KSHV infection can lead to three types of cancer: Kaposi's sarcoma, pleural effusion lymphoma, and Castleman's disease (Damania & Cesarman 2013).
- Veterinary herpesviruses also take a significant toll on livestock. Marek's disease is highly contagious, spreading rapidly through flocks of chickens that have not been vaccinated. It causes T cell lymphoma with infiltration of nerves and somatic organs, leading to paralysis and death in up to 80% of infected birds (Hirari, 2001). In addition, vaccine efficacy has declined with a concomitant increase in Marek's virus virulence (Gimeno, 2008). Pseudorabies (PRV) is the second most economically important viral disease of swine. Although PRV does not cause illness in adult swine, infection of pregnant sows results in a high incidence of abortion or resorption (Smith, 1997). Piglets infected with PRV suffer coughing, sneezing, fever, constipation, and a variety of neurologic symptoms. Mortality in piglets less than one month of age is close to 100%, but declines rapidly with age (Nauwynck et al., 2007). Ruminants and dogs and cats are also susceptible to lethal PRV infection (Fenner et al., 1993). In cattle, symptoms include intense itching followed by neurological signs and death. In dogs, intense itching is accompanied by jaw and pharyngeal paralysis and subsequent death (Decaro et al., 2008). In cats, usually no symptoms are observed because the disease is so rapidly fatal (Gaskell et al., 2007). Bovine herpesviruses (BHV) cause a variety of illnesses in young cattle, and can also cause abortion. Although the illnesses caused by BHV's are mostly not life-threatening, they cause important diseases because infection may trigger a decline in meat and milk production and affect trade restrictions (Nandi et al., 2009). Equine herpesviruses typically cause respiratory disease, but certain species also cause myeloencephalopathy in horses, abortion and occasionally neonatal mortality due to pneumonia (Fortier et al., 2010). The herpesviruses of various fish species can cause significant mortality in aquaculture settings, particularly at the fingerling stage (Hanson et al., 2011). Importantly, all of these viruses share the same basic genomic replication mechanisms, so if the presumed mechanism by which the NTS enzymes inhibit HSV-1 and HSV-2 is correct, most of the other herpesvirus pathogens should also be highly sensitive to NTS inhibitors. Development of NTS inhibitors into anti-herpesvirus drugs would be particularly valuable in cases like HCMV, where current antiviral therapies frequently drive resistance and are plagued by toxicity issues (Weller and Kuchta, 2013). Finally, NTS inhibitors may be promising candidates for pan anti-herpesvirus drug development due to similarities in replication mechanisms of all the herpesviruses.
- 2. Infection and Latency
- Enveloped herpesvirus particles fuse with the plasma membrane of a cell, releasing viral regulatory proteins and the viral capsid containing the linear double-stranded DNA genome into the cytoplasm. The capsids deliver the viral genome to the nucleus via release through nuclear pores, whereupon the genome circularizes and becomes transcriptionally active. Viral infection at this point can proceed by two patterns, lytic or latent. In the lytic cycle, coordinated phases of viral transcription lead to expression of the viral regulatory proteins, viral enzymes, and concurrently with the onset of DNA replication, the viral structural proteins. Nascent viral capsids assemble in the nucleus and then bud through the nuclear membranes to acquire their envelope (Mettenleiter et al., 2009). Release from the cells is primarily lytic, resulting in the death of the cell. Alternatively, the virus may enter a latent state, where transcription is limited to a few viral regulatory loci and viral DNA replication is strictly limited. Upon recognition of appropriate cellular stimuli, viral transcription reverts to the lytic pattern and productive viral replication occurs.
- Initial infections with alpha herpesviruses are lytic, resulting in dispersion of the virus to other cells and organs. These viruses establish latency in the unique environment of the neuron, and also in satellite cells in the case of VZV. During latency, replication of alpha herpesvirus DNA may occur at a low level because latently infected neurons contain multiple copies of the genome (Chen et al., 2002; Wang et al., 2005). Once latency is established, DNA replication increases markedly only during a reactivation event. Initial infections with beta herpesviruses are typically non-lytic but may cause cell-cell fusion. The gamma herpesviruses stimulate proliferation of infected cells, replicating their DNA along with cellular DNA replication to transmit copies of the viral genome to daughter cells (Longnecker et al., 2013). All the herpesviruses cause episodic lytic infection of at least some cell types, allowing them to be shed from mucosal surfaces to facilitate transmission to uninfected individuals.
- 3. Genomic Replication
- Circularization of the linear double-stranded herpesvirus DNA occurs in the nucleus shortly after viral uncoating, presumably through a recombination-mediated event. Replication of the viral DNA occurs in the nucleus within three-dimensional domains termed replication compartments (Quinlan et al., 1984). DNA replication is thought to employ a double-stranded rolling circle mechanism [reviewed in (Weller & Coen 2012; Lehman & Boehmer 1999)]. In preparation for viral DNA replication, virus-encoded transcriptional activators upregulate expression of proteins involved in nucleic acid metabolism. DNA replication then initiates at one of three viral origins of DNA replication and is mediated through action of the viral ICP6 origin binding protein. (All viral gene names in this section are for HSV-1). DNA synthesis is primed by the viral helicase/primase complex (pUL5, pUL8, and pUL52). DNA elongation occurs by coupled leading- and lagging-strand DNA synthesis through formation of a replication fork that is grossly similar to the forks that replicate cellular DNA. DNA synthesis is catalyzed by the pUL30 DNA polymerase/UL42 processivity protein complex that also possesses 5′-3′ exonuclease, 3′-5′ exonuclease, and RNase H activities. Helical torsion is relieved by the viral helicase/primase complex, and proper replication fork initiation, architecture and dynamics are promoted by the ICP8 single-stranded DNA binding protein. The initial product of DNA replication is a head-to-tail concatamer, but later in the replication cycle complex branched concatamers accumulate through recombination and/or re-initiation mechanisms. The concatamer is cleaved to unit length by the terminase complex (pUL15, pUL28, and pUL33) (Selvarajan et al., 2013) during encapsidation of the viral genome into pre-formed viral capsids. Without wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believed that some of the compounds described herein inhibit the activity of pUL15 terminase.
- 4. Therapeutic Targets in the Herpesvirus Genome
- Possible targets for nucleotidyl transferase superfamily inhibitors in the herpesvirus genomes. The inhibitors screened here function against HIV by binding to the viral RNase H or integrase active sites and chelating the essential divalent cations within the active site (Fuji et al., 2009; Su et al., 2010; Chung et al., 2011; Billamboz et al., 2011; Himmel et al., 2009; Kirschberg et al., 2009). Other compounds screened here are chemically related to inhibitors of the HIV RNase H and integrase. Therefore, their presumed mechanism of action is to inhibit one or more of the viral and/or cellular NTS enzymes essential for herpesviral genomic replication. This mechanism has not yet been tested.
- For the herpes simplex viruses, candidate genes include the RNase H activity of the pUL30 DNA polymerase (Liu et al., 2006), the 3′-5′ exonuclease activity of pUL30 (Coen 1996), the strand transfer activity of ICP8 (Bortner et al., 1993; Nimonkar & Boehmer, 2003), or the 5′-3′ exonuclease activity of the pUL12 polymerase accessory protein (Schumacher et al., 2012) that are directly involved in virus replication (Weller & Coen 2012). The pUL15 terminase protein that cleaves the concatameric viral DNA produced by DNA replication into the mature linear monomers is also a prime candidate (Selvarajan et al., 2013).
- Other herpesviruses encode proteins with functions consistent with NTS enzymes that could be plausible targets. For example, pUL98 is the HCMV ortholog of HSV pUL12 and is functionally conserved, as demonstrated by trans-complementation experiments (Gao et al., 1998). At least two of the seven HCMV proteins involved in encapsidation form an essential terminase complex which likely functions as both an endonuclease and a DNA translocase during DNA cleavage and packaging (Bogner, 2002; Hwang & Bogner, 2002; Scheffczik et al., 2002; Scholz et al., 2003). These genes are conserved throughout the herpesvirus family (Alba et al., 2001) and deletion of any of the seven results in accumulation of empty capsids in the nucleus. The human cytomegalovirus (HCMV) terminase subunits pUL56 and pUL89, encoded by the UL56 and UL89 genes, have been extensively studied. Both gene products form toroidal structures, bind DNA, and have nuclease activity (Bogner et al., 1998; Scheffczik et al., 2002). While pUL56 mediates the specific binding to pac sequences on DNA concatamers and provides energy and structural assistance for DNA translocation into the procapsids, pUL89 cleaves the DNA concatomers (Bogner, 2002). These are the orthologs of HSV terminase subunits pUL15 and pUL28.
- Cellular proteins are also plausible targets for the action of the NTS inhibitors, especially because DNA recombination events appear to be important during productive replication (Weller & Coen 2012). These proteins include the human RNase H1 that could assist in removal of RNA primers for DNA synthesis. Other candidates include the Fen1 endonuclease that may assist in removal of primers (Zhu et al., 2010), and the double-stranded break repair enzymes Mre11, Rad50, NBS1, Rad51 (Weizman & Weller 2011), and Rad52 (Schumacher et al., 2012). The base-excision repair enzymes SSH2 and MLH1 which form complexes that are recruited to viral replication sites and contribute to HSV genomic replication (Mohni et al., 2011) are also plausible targets.
- 5. Treatments
- Herpesvirus DNA polymerase inhibitors (nucleoside analogs), including acyclovir, famciclovir, valaciclovir, penciclovir, and ganciclovir are the most common forms of treatment. A pyrophosphate analog, foscarnet, also inhibits the herpesvirus DNA polymerases. A DNA helicase-primase inhibitor, AIC316 (pritelivir), was shown to reduce HSV-2 shedding and number of days without lesions in a
phase 2 clinical trial (Wald et al., 2014). However, a subsequent double-blind trial by the same group was terminated by the sponsor because of concurrent findings of toxicity in monkeys (De et al., 2015). Similarly, the helicase-primase inhibitor Amenamevir (ASP2151) is active against HSV-1 and HSV-2 in culture (Chono et al., 2010) and significantly reduced the median time to lesion healing in a phase II clinical trial (Tyring et al., 2012), but a subsequent trial was terminated due to adverse effects (De et al., 2015). CMX001 (brincidofovir), an orally bioavailable lipid conjugate of cidofovir, potentiates the antiviral effect of acyclovir in mice inoculated intranasally with HSV-1 or HSV-2 (Prichard et al., 2011). N-Methanocarbathymidine (N-MCT) reduces lethality in a mouse model of HSV-2 infection (Quenelle et al., 2011) and a guinea pig model of neonatal herpes (Bernstein et al., 2011). N-MCT also reduces acute and recurrent disease caused by HSV-2 in an adult guinea pig model. The monoamine oxidase inhibitor tranylcypromine (TCP), which also blocks the activity of histone demethylase LSD1, reduces HSV-1 infection of the cornea, trigeminal ganglia and brain of mice, corneal disease, and percentage of mice shedding virus upon induced reactivation (Yao et al., 2014). TCP has also been tested in a rabbit eye model of recurrent infection with HSV-1 and the mouse and guinea pig models of HSV-2 genital infection. An acyclic nucleoside phosphonate, PMEO-DAPym, inhibits HSV replication in a variety of cultured cell types by targeting the viral DNA polymerase (Balzarini et al., 2013). The HIV integrase inhibitor, Raltegravir, has a small amount of inhibitory activity against replication of several herpesviruses in cultured cells (Zhou et al., 2014; Yan et al., 2014) and appears to target the polymerase processivity factor UL42 (Zhou et al., 2014). Two other integrase inhibitors, XZ15 and XZ45, reduce replication of HSV-1 in cell culture by approximately 800- to 8000-fold, respectively (Yan et al., 2014). XZ45 also inhibits HCMV replication and KSHV gene expression (Yan et al., 2014). - Therapy based on existing drugs such as acyclovir is incompletely effective (Johnston et al., 2012), and viral resistance to current nucleos(t)ide analog therapies is relatively common. Acyclovir resistant variants are particularly prevalent among children, the immunocompromised, and patients with herpetic stromal keratitis (Duan et al., 2008; Wang et al., 2011; Field & Vere Hodge, 2013; Morfin & Thouvenot, 2003; Andrei & Snoeck, 2013). Ganciclovir-resistant variants occur in the naturally circulating viral population (Drew et al., 1993) and can be selected in patients over time (Marfori et al., 2007; Imai et al., 2004; Drew et al., 2001; Drew et al., 1999).
- 1. Biology
- Hepatitis B virus, abbreviated HBV, is a species of the genus Orthohepadnavirus, which is likewise a part of the Hepadnaviridae family of viruses. This virus causes the disease hepatitis B. In addition to causing hepatitis B, infection with HBV can lead to hepatic fibrosis, cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma. It has also been suggested that it may increase the risk of pancreatic cancer.
- The hepatitis B virus is classified as the type species of the Orthohepadnavirus, which contains at least five other species: the pomona roundleaf bat hepatitis virus, long-fingered bat hepatitis virus, the Ground squirrel hepatitis virus, Woodchuck hepatitis virus, and the Woolly monkey hepatitis B virus. The genus is classified as part of the Hepadnaviridae family along with Avihepadnavirus. This family of viruses have not been assigned to a viral order. Viruses similar to hepatitis B have been found in all the Old World apes (orangutan, gibbons, gorillas and chimpanzees) and from a New World woolly monkey suggesting an ancient origin for this virus in primates.
- The virus is divided into four major serotypes (adr, adw, ayr, ayw) based on antigenic epitopes present on its envelope proteins, and into eight genotypes (A-H) according to overall nucleotide sequence variation of the genome. The genotypes have a distinct geographical distribution and are used in tracing the evolution and transmission of the virus. Differences between genotypes affect the disease severity, course and likelihood of complications, and response to treatment and possibly vaccination.
- The virus particle (virion) consists of an outer lipid envelope and an icosahedral nucleocapsid core composed of protein. The nucleocapsid encloses the viral DNA and a DNA polymerase that has reverse transcriptase activity similar to retroviruses. The outer envelope contains embedded proteins which are involved in viral binding of, and entry into, susceptible cells. The virus is one of the smallest enveloped animal viruses with a virion diameter of 42 nm, but pleomorphic forms exist, including filamentous and spherical bodies that both lack a core. These particles are not infectious and are composed of the lipid and protein that forms part of the surface of the virion, which is called the surface antigen (HBsAg), and are produced in excess during the life cycle of the virus. The HBV virus itself is called a Dane particle and consists of HBsAg, a lipid envelope, the core protein (HBcAg), the viral genome, and the Hepatitis B virus DNA polymerase. The functions of the small regulatory protein (HBx) are not yet well known but may be related to interfering with transcription, signal transduction, signal transduction, cell cycle progress, protein degradation, apoptosis, or chromosomal stability. The virus also produces a secreted protein called HBeAg that is an amino-terminal extension of HBcAg initiating from an upstream start codon that is involved in suppressing antiviral immune responses.
- The genome of HBV is made of circular DNA, but it is unusual because the DNA is not fully double-stranded in the virion. One end of the full length strand is linked to the viral DNA polymerase. The genome is 3020-3320 nucleotides long (for the full length strand) and 1700-2800 nucleotides long (for the short length strand). The negative-sense, (non-coding), strand is the complete strand and it is complementary to the viral mRNA. The viral DNA is found in the nucleus soon after infection of the cell. The partially double-stranded DNA is rendered fully double-stranded shortly after infection of a cell by completion of the (+) sense strand and removal of a protein molecule from the (−) sense strand and a short sequence of RNA from the (+) sense strand. A short terminal duplication of are removed from the ends of the (−) sense strand and the ends are rejoined. The mature nuclear form of the genome is called the “cccDNA.” The cccDNA is the template for transcription of all of the viral mRNAs.
- There are four known genes encoded by the genome called C, X, P, and S. The core protein (HBcAg) is coded for by gene C, and its start codon is preceded by an upstream in-frame AUG start codon from which the pre-core protein is produced. HBeAg is produced by proteolytic processing of the pre-core protein. The DNA polymerase is encoded by gene P. Gene S is the gene that codes for the surface antigens (HBsAg). The HBsAg gene is one long open reading frame but contains three in frame “start” (ATG) codons that divide the gene into three sections, pre-S1, pre-S2, and S. Because of the multiple start codons, polypeptides of three different sizes called large, middle, and small (pre-S1+pre-S2+S, pre-S2+S, or S) are produced. The function of the protein coded for by gene X is not fully understood, but it has pleiotropic regulatory functions in both the cytoplasm and nucleus.
- There are at least eight known genotypes labeled A through H. A possible new “I” genotype has been described, but acceptance of this notation is not universal. Different genotypes may respond to treatment in different ways. The genotypes differ by at least 8% of the sequence and have distinct geographical distributions and this has been associated with anthropological history. Type F which diverges from the other genomes by 14% is the most divergent type known. Type A is prevalent in Europe, Africa and South-east Asia, including the Philippines. Type B and C are predominant in Asia; type D is common in the Mediterranean area, the Middle East and India; type E is localized in sub-Saharan Africa; type F (or H) is restricted to Central and South America. Type G has been found in France and Germany. Genotypes A, D and F are predominant in Brazil and all genotypes occur in the United States with frequencies dependent on ethnicity. The E and F strains appear to have originated in aboriginal populations of Africa and the New World, respectively. Within these genotypes, 24 subtypes have been described which differ by 4-8% of the genome:
-
- Type A has two subtypes: Aa (A1) in Africa/Asia and the Philippines and Ae (A2) in Europe/United States.
- Type B has two distinct geographical distributions: Bj/B1 (‘j’—Japan) and Ba/B2 (‘a’—Asia). Type Ba has been further subdivided into four clades (B2-B4).
- Type C has two geographically subtypes: Cs (C1) in South-east Asia and Ce (C2) in East Asia. The C subtypes have been divided into five clades (C1-C5). A sixth clade (C6) has been described in the Philippines but only in one isolate to date. Type C1 is associated with Vietnam, Myanmar and Thailand; type C2 with Japan, Korea and China; type C3 with New Caledonia and Polynesia; C4 with Australia; and C5 with the Philippines. A further subtype has been described in Papua, Indonesia.
- Type D has been divided into 7 subtypes (D1-D7).
- Type F has been subdivided into 4 subtypes (F1-F4). F1 has been further divided in to 1a and 1b. In Venezuela subtypes F1, F2, and F3 are found in East and West Amerindians. Among South Amerindians only F3 was found. Subtypes Ia, III, and IV exhibit a restricted geographic distribution (Central America, the North and the South of South America respectively) while clades Ib and II are found in all the Americas except in the Northern South America and North America respectively.
- The life cycle of hepatitis B virus is complex. Hepatitis B is one of a few known non-retroviral viruses which use reverse transcription as a part of its replication process:
-
- Attachment—The virus gains entry into the cell by binding to a receptor on the surface of the cell and enters it by endocytosis.
- Penetration—The virus membrane then fuses with the host cell's membrane releasing the DNA and core proteins into the cytoplasm.
- Uncoating—Because the virus multiplies via RNA made by a host enzyme, the viral genomic DNA has to be transferred to the cell nucleus by host proteins. The core proteins dissociate from the partially double-stranded viral DNA is then made fully double-stranded and transformed into covalently closed circular DNA (cccDNA) that serves as a template for transcription of four viral mRNAs.
- Replication—The cccDNA is the transcriptional template for all of HBV's RNAs. The largest of the mRNAs is called the pre-core mRNA that encodes HBeAg. A slightly shorter mRNA is called the pregenomic RNA that encodes the HBcAg and the viral DNA polymerase. Both the precore and pregenomic RNAs are longer than the viral genome, but only the pregenomic RNA is packaged into nascent core particles along with the viral polymerase. Reverse transcription within the capsids is catalyzed by the coordinate activity of the viral DNA polymerase's reverse transcriptase and ribonuclease H activities and results in the partially double-stranded viral DNA found within HBV virions.
- Assembly and Release—Progeny virions are formed budding of the viral capsid particles containing the viral DNA into endoplasmic-reticulum-derived membranes, where they pick up their envelope and HBsAgs are released from the cell by non-cytolytic secretion or are returned to the nucleus and re-cycled to produce even more copies of the nuclear cccDNA.
- 2. Treatment
- Currently, there are seven FDA approved drugs in the U.S. to treat chronic HBV: Intron A® (Interferon Alpha), Pegasys® (Pegylated Interferon), Epivir HBV® (Lamivudine), Hepsera® (Adefovir), Baraclude® (Entecavir), Tyzeka® (Telbivudine), and Viread® (Tenofovir).
- Adefovir, previously called bis-POM PMEA, with trade names Preveon® and Hepsera®, is an orally-administered nucleotide analog reverse transcriptase inhibitor (ntRTI). It can be formulated as the pivoxil prodrug adefovir dipivoxil. Adefovir works by blocking reverse transcriptase, the enzyme that is crucial for the hepatitis B virus (HBV) to reproduce in the body because it synthesizes the viral DNA. It is approved for the treatment of chronic hepatitis B in adults with evidence of active viral replication and either evidence of persistent elevations in serum aminotransferases (primarily ALT) or histologically active disease. The main benefit of adefovir over drugs like lamivudine (below) is that it takes a much longer period of time before the virus develops resistance to it. Adefovir dipivoxil contains two pivaloyloxymethyl units, making it a prodrug form of adefovir.
- Lamivudine (2′,3′-dideoxy-3′-thiacytidine, commonly called 3TC) is a potent nucleoside analog reverse transcriptase inhibitor (nRTI). It is marketed by GlaxoSmithKline with the brand names Zeffix®, Heptovir®, Epivir®, and Epivir-HBV®. Lamivudine has been used for treatment of chronic hepatitis B at a lower dose than for treatment of HIV. It improves the seroconversion of HBeAg positive hepatitis B and also improves histology staging of the liver. Long term use of lamivudine unfortunately leads to emergence of a resistant hepatitis B virus mutants with alterations to the key YMDD motif in the reverse transcriptase active site. Despite this, lamivudine is still used widely as it is well tolerated and as it is less expensive than the newer drugs and is the only anti-HBV drug many people in emerging economies can afford.
- Lamivudine is an analogue of cytidine. It can inhibit both types (1 and 2) of HIV reverse transcriptase and also the reverse transcriptase of hepatitis B. It is phosphorylated to active metabolites that compete for incorporation into viral DNA. It inhibits the HIV reverse transcriptase enzyme competitively and acts as a chain terminator of DNA synthesis. The lack of a 3′—OH group in the incorporated nucleoside analogue prevents the formation of the 5′ to 3′ phosphodiester linkage essential for DNA chain elongation, and therefore, the viral DNA growth is terminated. Lamivudine is administered orally, and it is rapidly absorbed with a bio-availability of over 80%. Some research suggests that lamivudine can cross the blood-brain barrier.
- Entecavir, abbreviated ETV, is an oral antiviral drug used in the treatment of hepatitis B infection. It is marketed under the trade names Baraclude® (BMS) and Entaliv® (DRL). Entecavir is a nucleoside analog (more specifically, a guanosine analogue) that inhibits reverse transcription and DNA replication thus preventing transcription in the viral replication process. The drug's manufacturer claims that entecavir is more efficacious than previous agents used to treat hepatitis B (lamivudine and adefovir). Entecavir was approved by the U.S. FDA in March 2005 and is used to treat chronic hepatitis B. It also helps prevent the hepatitis B virus from multiplying and infecting new liver cells. Entecavir is also indicated for the treatment of chronic hepatitis B in adults with HIV/AIDS infection. However, entecavir is not active against HIV.
- Telbivudine is an antiviral drug used in the treatment of hepatitis B infection. It is marketed by Swiss pharmaceutical company Novartis under the trade names Sebivo® (Europe) and Tyzeka® (United States). Clinical trials have shown it to be significantly more effective than lamivudine or adefovir, and less likely to cause resistance. Telbivudine is a synthetic thymidine nucleoside analogue; it is the L-isomer of thymidine. It is taken once daily.
- Tenofovir disoproxil fumarate (TDF or PMPA), marketed by Gilead Sciences under the trade name Viread®, it is also a nucleotide analogue reverse transcriptase inhibitor (nRTIs) which blocks the HBV reverse transcriptase, an enzyme crucial to viral production. Tenofovir disoproxil fumarate is a prodrug form of tenofovir. Tenofovir is indicated in combination with other antiretroviral agents for the treatment of HIV-1 infection in adults. This indication is based on analyses of plasma HIV-1 RNA levels and CD4 cell counts in controlled studies of tenofovir in treatment-naive and treatment-experienced adults. There are no study results demonstrating the effect of tenofovir on the clinical progression of HIV. It also has activity against wild-type and lamivudine-resistant HBV.
- The inhibitors screened in this project were selected for their ability to inhibit the HIV RNAse H and/or integrase enzymes (or to be close chemical analogs of known inhibitors). The RNAse H and integrase are members of the nucleotidyl transferase superfamily (NTS) whose members share a similar protein fold and enzymatic mechanisms (Yang 1995). Therefore, the presumed targets of the anti-herpesvirus compounds claimed here are viral and/or cellular NTS enzymes. RNAse H enzymes (Hostomsky et al., 1993a; 1993b; 1993c) digest RNA when it is hybridized to DNA. Their physiological roles include removal of RNA primers during DNA synthesis, removal of abortive transcription products, and removal of RNA strands following reverse transcription by viruses or retrotransposons. Integrase enzymes cleave DNA strands and catalyze the covalent insertion of another DNA strand at the cleavage site. Consequently, the presumed mechanism of action for the herpesvirus inhibitors is through suppression of one or more of the nucleolytic or recombination-related activities essential for replication of the herpesvirus DNA.
- The NTS family of enzymes includes E. coli RNase H I and II (Katayanagi et al., 1990, Yang et al., 1990 and Lai et al., 2000);
human RNase H 1 and 2 (Lima et al., 2001, Frank et al., 1998 and Frank et al., 1998); the RuvC Holiday junction resolvase (Ariyoshi et al., 1994); and the Argonaute RNAse (Parker et al., 2004 and Song et al., 2004); retroviral RNase H enzymes including the HIV enzyme (Nowotny 2009); retroviral integrases including the HIV integrase (Dyda et al., 1994); and the hepatitis B virus (HBV) RNase H (Tavis et al., 2013). These enzymes function in a wide range of nucleic acid metabolic events, including RNA and DNA digestion, DNA recombination, DNA integration, DNA excision, replication fork repair, DNA repair, miRNA maturation, and miRNA-directed RNA cleavage. The canonical RNase H structure contains about 100 amino acids that fold into a 5-stranded β-sheet overlaid with 3 α-helices arranged like an “H”. Within the active site are four conserved carboxylates (the “DEDD” motif) that coordinate two divalent cations (Nowotny et al., 2005). - The RNase H enzymatic mechanism is believed to involve both divalent cations (Klumpp et al., 2003; Yang and Steitz, 1995), although a 1-ion mechanism has been proposed (Goedken and Marqusee, 2001; Keck et al., 1998). There are 3 classes of RNAse Hs distinguished by how they bind to their substrates. RNA binding by the “stand-alone” class typified by E. coli RNAse H I is promoted by a basic “handle” region (Hostomsky et al., 1993; Kwun et al., 2001). Eukaryotic RNase Hs typically contain a “RHBD” domain that influences nucleic acid binding. Finally, substrate binding by the retroviral enzymes can either be a property of the RNase H domain itself (e.g., Moloney murine leukemia virus) or may require the reverse transcriptase domain to provide sufficient affinity for the nucleic acid substrate (e.g., HIV) (Hostomsky et al., 1993; Smith et al., 1994).
- The HBV RNase H is a NTS enzyme. Mutational analysis of the HBV RNase H revealed the DEDD active site residues to be D702, E731, D750, and D790 (numbering for HBV strain adw2) (Gerelsaikhan et al., 1996; Tavis et al., 2013). Data obtained with the HBV RNase H will be used as an example to establish how anti-RNase H drug discovery can be conducted and to establish utility of the claimed compounds against HBV replication.
- HIV reverse transcription requires a virally encoded RNase H activity to remove the viral RNA after it has been copied into DNA (Freed and Martin, 2007). Consequently, the HIV RNase H activity has attracted much attention as a drug target (Billamboz et al., 2011; Bokesch et al., 2008; Budihas et al., 2005; Chung et al., 2011; Chung et al., 2010; Di et al., 2010; Didierjean et al., 2005; Fuji et al., 2009; Himmel et al., 2009; Himmel et al., 2006; Kirschberg et al., 2009; Klarmann et al., 2002; Klumpp et al., 2003; Klumpp and Mirzadegan, 2006; Shaw-Reid et al., 2003; Su et al., 2010; Takada et al., 2007; Wendeler et al., 2008; Williams et al., 2010). Over 100 anti-HIV RNase H compounds, based on a wide variety of chemical scaffolds, have been reported (Chung et al., 2011; Klumpp and Mirzadegan, 2006). They typically have inhibitory concentration-50% (IC50) values in the low M range. The large majority of these compounds inhibit the RNase H by chelating divalent cations in the active site (Billamboz et al., 2011; Chung et al., 2011; Fuji et al., 2009; Himmel et al., 2009; Kirschberg et al., 2009; Su et al., 2010), but compounds that alter the enzyme's conformation or its interaction with nucleic acids have also been reported (Himmel et al., 2006; Wendeler et al., 2008). The inhibitors typically have EC50 values ˜10× higher than the IC50 values, and they often cause modest cytotoxicity, leading to therapeutic indexes (TI) that are usually <10. Second-generation inhibitors with substantially improved efficacy have been reported, (Billamboz et al., 2011; Chung et al., 2011; Williams et al., 2010), and compounds with efficacy and TI values appropriate for a human drug exist (Himmel et al., 2006; Williams et al., 2010).
- None of the anti-HIV RNase H compounds have entered clinical trials yet. This is due in part to their relatively low TI values but also to the large number of approved and developmental anti-HIV drugs, raising doubts about the marketability of anti-HIV RNase H compounds. Despite these challenges, the HIV RNase H remains a target of intensive ongoing drug development, as is evidenced by the large number of groups working in the field (Billamboz et al., 2011; Bokesch et al., 2008; Budihas et al., 2005; Chung et al., 2011; Chung et al., 2010; Di et al., 2010; Didierjean et al., 2005; Fuji et al., 2009; Himmel et al., 2009; Himmel et al., 2006; Kirschberg et al., 2009; Klarmann et al., 2002; Klumpp et al., 2003; Klumpp and Mirzadegan, 2006; Shaw-Reid et al., 2003; Su et al., 2010; Takada et al., 2007; Wendeler et al., 2008; Williams et al., 2010).
- Because both the RNase H and integrase are NTS enzymes, some anti-RNase H compounds can inhibit the HIV integrase, and some anti-integrase compounds can inhibit the RNase H (Klarmann et al., 2002, Williams et al., 2010 and Billamboz et al., 2011). Despite this cross-inhibitory potential, resistance mutations to HIV DNA polymerase or integrase drugs have not led to cross-resistance to RNase H inhibitors (Billamboz et al., 2011 and Himmel et al., 2006).
- HBV reverse transcription requires two viral enzymatic activities that are both located on the viral reverse transcriptase protein. The DNA polymerase activity synthesizes new DNA and is targeted by the nucleos(t)ide analogs. The RNase H destroys the viral RNA after it has been copied into DNA. Inhibiting the RNAse H would block DNA synthesis and consequently halt viral replication, but anti-HBV RNase H drugs have not been developed because enzyme suitable for drug screening could not be readily made. One of the inventors recently produced active recombinant HBV RNase H and identified 35 inhibitors of the RNase H (Table 1; Tavis et al., 2013; Hu et al., 2013; Tavis and Lomonosova, 2015; Lu, et al., 2015; and Cai, et al., 2014).
- These examples of cross-inhibition of NTS enzymes by RNase H and integrase inhibitors provide the precedent upon which the studies with the herpesviruses rest.
- The compound of the present disclosure appears to inhibit a different enzymatic activity than the existing anti-hepatitis or anti-herpesvirus drugs, and does so with a striking capacity to suppress virus replication at very low toxicity to uninfected cells. This implies that it will be effective against viral isolates resistant to the existing drugs and suggests that these drugs could be combined effectively with the existing drugs to both increase efficacy and to reduce the rate of resistance development to either drug. Furthermore, the compound was more effective against HSV-2 than a currently accepted first line therapy, acyclovir, indicating that it may be more effective than the existing drugs when formulated for pharmaceutical delivery. In other embodiments, the present compounds may be used to treat infections of hepatitis B virus or used in combination with other hepatitis B virus therapies.
- The compound of the present disclosure is represented by the formula below:
- wherein:
-
- R1 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤18), heteroaryl(C≤12), alkylamino(C≤12), dialkylamino(C≤12), arylamino(C≤12), diarylamino(C≤12), aralkylamino(C≤18), diaralkylamino(C≤18), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
- R2 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
- R3 is hydrogen, amino, carboxyl, cyano, halo, hydroxy, nitro, hydroxysulfonyl, or sulfonylamine; or
- alkyl(C≤8), aryl(C≤8), acyl(C≤8), alkoxy(C≤8), acyloxy(C≤8), amido(C≤8), or substituted version of any of these groups;
- X2 is hydrogen or —C(O)Ra, wherein: Ra is hydroxy, alkoxy(C≤8), or substituted alkoxy(C≤8); or
- a compound of the formula:
- wherein:
-
- R4 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
- R5 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8);
- R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
- R7 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
- a compound of the formula:
- wherein:
-
- R9 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
- R10 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
- R11 is hydrogen or Y1—O—X1—OR12; wherein:
- Y1 is alkanediyl(C≤8) or substituted alkanediyl(C≤8);
- X1 is arenediyl(C≤12), heteroarenediyl(C≤12), or a substituted version of either of these groups;
- R12 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups; or
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof.
- The compound of the disclosure contains one or more asymmetrically-substituted carbon or nitrogen atoms, and may be isolated in optically active or racemic form. Thus, all chiral, diastereomeric, racemic form, epimeric form, and all geometric isomeric forms of the chemical formula are intended, unless the specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated. The compound may occur as a racemate and racemic mixtures, single enantiomers, diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomers. In some embodiments, a single enantiomer or diastereomer is obtained. The chiral centers of the compound of the present disclosure can have the S or the R configuration.
- Chemical formulas used to represent the compound of the disclosure will typically only show one of possibly several different tautomers. For example, many types of ketone groups are known to exist in equilibrium with corresponding enol groups. Regardless of which tautomer is depicted for a given compound, and regardless of which one is most prevalent, all tautomers of a given chemical formula are intended.
- The compound of the disclosure may also have the advantage of being more efficacious than, be less toxic than, be longer acting than, be more potent than, produce fewer side effects than, be more easily absorbed than, and/or have a better pharmacokinetic profile (e.g., higher oral bioavailability and/or lower clearance) than, and/or have other useful pharmacological, physical, or chemical properties over, compounds known in the prior art, whether for use in the indications stated herein or otherwise.
- In addition, atoms making up the compound of the present disclosure are intended to include all isotopic forms of such atoms. Isotopes, as used herein, include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. By way of general example and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium, and isotopes of carbon include 13C and 14C. Similarly, it is contemplated that one or more carbon atom(s) of a compound of the present disclosure may be replaced by a silicon atom(s). Furthermore, it is contemplated that one or more oxygen atom(s) of a compound of the present disclosure may be replaced by a sulfur or selenium atom(s).
- The compound of the present disclosure may also exist in prodrug form. Since prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals (e.g., solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.), the compound employed in some methods of the disclosure may, if desired, be delivered in prodrug form. Thus, the disclosure contemplates prodrugs of the compound of the present disclosure as well as methods of delivering prodrugs. Prodrugs of the compound employed in the disclosure may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound. Accordingly, prodrugs include, for example, compounds described herein in which a hydroxy group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug is administered to a subject, cleaves to form a hydroxy group.
- It should be recognized that the particular anion or cation forming a part of any salt of this disclosure is not critical, so long as the salt, as a whole, is pharmacologically acceptable. Additional examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts and their methods of preparation and use are presented in Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, and Use (2002), which is incorporated herein by reference.
- When used in the context of a chemical group: “hydrogen” means —H; “hydroxy” means —OH; “oxo” means ═O; “carbonyl” means —C(═O)—; “carboxy” means —C(═O)OH (also written as —COOH or —CO2H); “halo” means independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I; “amino” means —NH2; “hydroxyamino” means —NHOH; “nitro” means —NO2; imino means ═NH; “cyano” means —CN; “isocyanate” means —N═C═O; “azido” means —N3; in a monovalent context “phosphate” means —OP(O)(OH)2 or a deprotonated form thereof; in a divalent context “phosphate” means —OP(O)(OH)O— or a deprotonated form thereof; “mercapto” means —SH; and “thio” means=S; “sulfonyl” means —S(O)2—; and “sulfinyl” means —S(O)—.
-
- covers, for example,
- And it is understood that no one such ring atom forms part of more than one double bond. Furthermore, it is noted that the covalent bond symbol “—”, when connecting one or two stereogenic atoms, does not indicate any preferred stereochemistry. Instead, it covers all stereoisomers as well as mixtures thereof. The symbol “”, when drawn perpendicularly across a bond (e.g.,
- for methyl) indicates a point of attachment of the group. It is noted that the point of attachment is typically only identified in this manner for larger groups in order to assist the reader in unambiguously identifying a point of attachment. The symbol “” means a single bond where the group attached to the thick end of the wedge is “out of the page.” The symbol “” means a single bond where the group attached to the thick end of the wedge is “into the page”. The symbol “” means a single bond where the geometry around a double bond (e.g., either E or Z) is undefined. Both options, as well as combinations thereof are therefore intended. Any undefined valency on an atom of a structure shown in this application implicitly represents a hydrogen atom bonded to that atom. A bold dot on a carbon atom indicates that the hydrogen attached to that carbon is oriented out of the plane of the paper.
- When a group “R” is depicted as a “floating group” on a ring system, for example, in the formula:
- then R may replace any hydrogen atom attached to any of the ring atoms, including a depicted, implied, or expressly defined hydrogen, so long as a stable structure is formed. When a group “R” is depicted as a “floating group” on a fused ring system, as for example in the formula:
- then R may replace any hydrogen attached to any of the ring atoms of either of the fused rings unless specified otherwise. Replaceable hydrogens include depicted hydrogens (e.g., the hydrogen attached to the nitrogen in the formula above), implied hydrogens (e.g., a hydrogen of the formula above that is not shown but understood to be present), expressly defined hydrogens, and optional hydrogens whose presence depends on the identity of a ring atom (e.g., a hydrogen attached to group X, when X equals —CH—), so long as a stable structure is formed. In the example depicted, R may reside on either the 5-membered or the 6-membered ring of the fused ring system. In the formula above, the subscript letter “y” immediately following the group “R” enclosed in parentheses, represents a numeric variable. Unless specified otherwise, this variable can be 0, 1, 2, or any integer greater than 2, only limited by the maximum number of replaceable hydrogen atoms of the ring or ring system.
- For the chemical groups and compound classes, the number of carbon atoms in the group or class is as indicated as follows: “Cn” defines the exact number (n) of carbon atoms in the group/class. “C≤n” defines the maximum number (n) of carbon atoms that can be in the group/class, with the minimum number as small as possible for the group/class in question, e.g., it is understood that the minimum number of carbon atoms in the group “alkenyl(C≤8)” or the class “alkene(C≤8)” is two. Compare with “alkoxy(C≤10)”, which designates alkoxy groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. “Cn-n′” defines both the minimum (n) and maximum number (n′) of carbon atoms in the group. Thus, “alkyl(C≤10)” designates those alkyl groups having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms. These carbon number indicators may precede or follow the chemical groups or class it modifies and it may or may not be enclosed in parenthesis, without signifying any change in meaning. Thus, the terms “C5 olefin”, “C5-olefin”, “olefin(C5)”, and “olefinC5” are all synonymous. When any of the chemical groups or compound classes defined herein is modified by the term “substituted”, any carbon atom(s) in a moiety replacing a hydrogen atom is not counted. Thus methoxyhexyl, which has a total of seven carbon atoms, is an example of a substituted alkyl(C1-6).
- The term “saturated” when used to modify a compound or chemical group means the compound or chemical group has no carbon-carbon double and no carbon-carbon triple bonds, except as noted below. When the term is used to modify an atom, it means that the atom is not part of any double or triple bond. In the case of substituted versions of saturated groups, one or more carbon oxygen double bond or a carbon nitrogen double bond may be present. And when such a bond is present, then carbon-carbon double bonds that may occur as part of keto-enol tautomerism or imine/enamine tautomerism are not precluded. When the term “saturated” is used to modify a solution of a substance, it means that no more of that substance can dissolve in that solution.
- The term “aliphatic” when used without the “substituted” modifier signifies that the compound or chemical group so modified is an acyclic or cyclic, but non-aromatic hydrocarbon compound or group. In aliphatic compounds/groups, the carbon atoms can be joined together in straight chains, branched chains, or non-aromatic rings (alicyclic). Aliphatic compounds/groups can be saturated, that is joined by single carbon-carbon bonds (alkanes/alkyl), or unsaturated, with one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (alkenes/alkenyl) or with one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds (alkynes/alkynyl).
- The term “aromatic” when used to modify a compound or a chemical group refers to a planar unsaturated ring of atoms with 4n+2 electrons in a fully conjugated cyclic it system.
- The term “alkyl” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to a monovalent saturated aliphatic group with a carbon atom as the point of attachment, a linear or branched acyclic structure, and no atoms other than carbon and hydrogen. The groups —CH3 (Me), —CH2CH3 (Et), —CH2CH2CH3 (n-Pr or propyl), —CH(CH3)2 (i-Pr, iPr or isopropyl), —CH2CH2CH2CH3 (n-Bu), —CH(CH3)CH2CH3 (sec-butyl), —CH2CH(CH3)2 (isobutyl), —C(CH3)3 (tert-butyl, t-butyl, t-Bu or tBu), and —CH2C(CH3)3 (neo-pentyl) are non-limiting examples of alkyl groups. The term “alkanediyl” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to a divalent saturated aliphatic group, with one or two saturated carbon atom(s) as the point(s) of attachment, a linear or branched acyclic structure, no carbon-carbon double or triple bonds, and no atoms other than carbon and hydrogen. The groups —CH2-(methylene), —CH2CH2—, —CH2C(CH3)2CH2—, and —CH2CH2CH2— are non-limiting examples of alkanediyl groups. The term “alkylidene” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the divalent group ═CRR′ in which R and R′ are independently hydrogen or alkyl. Non-limiting examples of alkylidene groups include: ═CH2, ═CH(CH2CH3), and ═C(CH3)2. An “alkane” refers to the class of compounds having the formula H—R, wherein R is alkyl as this term is defined above. When any of these terms is used with the “substituted” modifier one or more hydrogen atom has been independently replaced by —OH, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NH2, —NO2, —CO2H, —CO2CH3, —CN, —SH, —OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —C(O)CH3, —NHCH3, —NHCH2CH3, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHCH3, —C(O)N(CH3)2, —OC(O)CH3, —NHC(O)CH3, —S(O)2OH, or —S(O)2NH2. The following groups are non-limiting examples of substituted alkyl groups: —CH2OH, —CH2Cl, —CF3, —CH2CN, —CH2C(O)OH, —CH2C(O)OCH3, —CH2C(O)NH2, —CH2C(O)CH3, —CH2OCH3, —CH2OC(O)CH3, —CH2NH2, —CH2N(CH3)2, and —CH2CH2Cl.
- The term “aryl” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to a monovalent unsaturated aromatic group with an aromatic carbon atom as the point of attachment, said carbon atom forming part of a one or more six-membered aromatic ring structure, wherein the ring atoms are all carbon, and wherein the group consists of no atoms other than carbon and hydrogen. If more than one ring is present, the rings may be fused or unfused. As used herein, the term does not preclude the presence of one or more alkyl or aralkyl groups (carbon number limitation permitting) attached to the first aromatic ring or any additional aromatic ring present. Non-limiting examples of aryl groups include phenyl (Ph), methylphenyl, (dimethyl)phenyl, —C6H4CH2CH3 (ethylphenyl), naphthyl, and a monovalent group derived from biphenyl. The term “arenediyl” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to a divalent aromatic group with two aromatic carbon atoms as points of attachment, said carbon atoms forming part of one or more six-membered aromatic ring structure(s) wherein the ring atoms are all carbon, and wherein the monovalent group consists of no atoms other than carbon and hydrogen. As used herein, the term does not preclude the presence of one or more alkyl, aryl or aralkyl groups (carbon number limitation permitting) attached to the first aromatic ring or any additional aromatic ring present. If more than one ring is present, the rings may be fused or unfused. Unfused rings may be connected via one or more of the following: a covalent bond, alkanediyl, or alkenediyl groups (carbon number limitation permitting). Non-limiting examples of arenediyl groups include:
- An “arene” refers to the class of compounds having the formula H—R, wherein R is aryl as that term is defined above. Benzene and toluene are non-limiting examples of arenes. When any of these terms are used with the “substituted” modifier one or more hydrogen atom has been independently replaced by —OH, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NH2, —NO2, —CO2H, —CO2CH3, —CN, —SH, —OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —C(O)CH3, —NHCH3, —NHCH2CH3, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHCH3, —C(O)N(CH3)2, —OC(O)CH3, —NHC(O)CH3, —S(O)2OH, or —S(O)2NH2.
- The term “aralkyl” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the monovalent group -alkanediyl-aryl, in which the terms alkanediyl and aryl are each used in a manner consistent with the definitions provided above. Non-limiting examples are: phenylmethyl (benzyl, Bn) and 2-phenyl-ethyl. When the term aralkyl is used with the “substituted” modifier one or more hydrogen atom from the alkanediyl and/or the aryl group has been independently replaced by —OH, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NH2, —NO2, —CO2H, —CO2CH3, —CN, —SH, —OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —C(O)CH3, —NHCH3, —NHCH2CH3, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHCH3, —C(O)N(CH3)2, —OC(O)CH3, —NHC(O)CH3, —S(O)2OH, or —S(O)2NH2. Non-limiting examples of substituted aralkyls are: (3-chlorophenyl)-methyl, and 2-chloro-2-phenyl-eth-1-yl.
- The term “heteroaryl” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to a monovalent aromatic group with an aromatic carbon atom or nitrogen atom as the point of attachment, said carbon atom or nitrogen atom forming part of one or more aromatic ring structures wherein at least one of the ring atoms is nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, and wherein the heteroaryl group consists of no atoms other than carbon, hydrogen, aromatic nitrogen, aromatic oxygen and aromatic sulfur. If more than one ring is present, the rings may be fused or unfused. As used herein, the term does not preclude the presence of one or more alkyl, aryl, and/or aralkyl groups (carbon number limitation permitting) attached to the aromatic ring or aromatic ring system. Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl groups include furanyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl (Im), isoxazolyl, methylpyridinyl, oxazolyl, phenylpyridinyl, pyridinyl (pyridyl), pyrrolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, quinolyl, quinazolyl, quinoxalinyl, triazinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, and triazolyl. The term “N-heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl group with a nitrogen atom as the point of attachment. A “heteroarene” refers to the class of compounds having the formula H—R, wherein R is heteroaryl. Pyridine and quinoline are non-limiting examples of heteroarenes. When these terms are used with the “substituted” modifier one or more hydrogen atom has been independently replaced by —OH, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NH2, —NO2, —CO2H, —CO2CH3, —CN, —SH, —OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —C(O)CH3, —NHCH3, —NHCH2CH3, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHCH3, —C(O)N(CH3)2, —OC(O)CH3, —NHC(O)CH3, —S(O)2OH, or —S(O)2NH2.
- The term “acyl” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the group —C(O)R, in which R is a hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl as those terms are defined above. The groups, —CHO, —C(O)CH3 (acetyl, Ac), —C(O)CH2CH3, —C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)CH(CH2)2, —C(O)C6H5, and —C(O)C6H4CH3 are non-limiting examples of acyl groups. A “thioacyl” is defined in an analogous manner, except that the oxygen atom of the group —C(O)R has been replaced with a sulfur atom, —C(S)R. The term “aldehyde” corresponds to an alkyl group, as defined above, attached to a —CHO group. When any of these terms are used with the “substituted” modifier one or more hydrogen atom (including a hydrogen atom directly attached to the carbon atom of the carbonyl or thiocarbonyl group, if any) has been independently replaced by —OH, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NH2, —NO2, —CO2H, —CO2CH3, —CN, —SH, —OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —C(O)CH3, —NHCH3, —NHCH2CH3, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHCH3, —C(O)N(CH3)2, —OC(O)CH3, —NHC(O)CH3, —S(O)2OH, or —S(O)2NH2. The groups, —C(O)CH2CF3, —CO2H (carboxyl), —CO2CH3 (methylcarboxyl), —CO2CH2CH3, —C(O)NH2 (carbamoyl), and —CON(CH3)2, are non-limiting examples of substituted acyl groups.
- The term “alkoxy” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the group —OR, in which R is an alkyl, as that term is defined above. Non-limiting examples include: —OCH3 (methoxy), —OCH2CH3 (ethoxy), —OCH2CH2CH3, —OCH(CH3)2 (isopropoxy), —OC(CH3)3 (tert-butoxy), —OCH(CH2)2, —O-cyclopentyl, and —O-cyclohexyl. The terms “cycloalkoxy”, “alkenyloxy”, “alkynyloxy”, “aryloxy”, “aralkoxy”, “heteroaryloxy”, “heterocycloalkoxy”, and “acyloxy”, when used without the “substituted” modifier, refers to groups, defined as —OR, in which R is cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, and acyl, respectively. The term “alkylthio” and “acylthio” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the group —SR, in which R is an alkyl and acyl, respectively. The term “alcohol” corresponds to an alkane, as defined above, wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a hydroxy group. The term “ether” corresponds to an alkane, as defined above, wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with an alkoxy group. When any of these terms is used with the “substituted” modifier one or more hydrogen atom has been independently replaced by —OH, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NH2, —NO2, —CO2H, —CO2CH3, —CN, —SH, —OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —C(O)CH3, —NHCH3, —NHCH2CH3, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHCH3, —C(O)N(CH3)2, —OC(O)CH3, —NHC(O)CH3, —S(O)2OH, or —S(O)2NH2.
- The term “alkylamino” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the group —NHR, in which R is an alkyl, as that term is defined above. Non-limiting examples include: —NHCH3 and —NHCH2CH3. The term “dialkylamino” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the group —NRR′, in which R and R′ can be the same or different alkyl groups, or R and R′ can be taken together to represent an alkanediyl. Non-limiting examples of dialkylamino groups include: —N(CH3)2 and —N(CH3)(CH2CH3). The terms “cycloalkylamino”, “alkenylamino”, “alkynylamino”, “arylamino”, “aralkylamino”, “heteroarylamino”, “heterocycloalkylamino”, “alkoxyamino”, and “alkylsulfonylamino” when used without the “substituted” modifier, refers to groups, defined as —NHR, in which R is cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, alkoxy, and alkylsulfonyl, respectively. A non-limiting example of an arylamino group is —NHC6H5. The term “amido” (acylamino), when used without the “substituted” modifier, refers to the group —NHR, in which R is acyl, as that term is defined above. A non-limiting example of an amido group is —NHC(O)CH3. The term “alkylimino” when used without the “substituted” modifier refers to the divalent group ═NR, in which R is an alkyl, as that term is defined above. When any of these terms is used with the “substituted” modifier one or more hydrogen atom attached to a carbon atom has been independently replaced by —OH, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —NH2, —NO2, —CO2H, —CO2CH3, —CN, —SH, —OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —C(O)CH3, —NHCH3, —NHCH2CH3, —N(CH3)2, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHCH3, —C(O)N(CH3)2, —OC(O)CH3, —NHC(O)CH3, —S(O)2OH, or —S(O)2NH2. The groups —NHC(O)OCH3 and —NHC(O)NHCH3 are non-limiting examples of substituted amido groups.
- The use of the word “a” or “an,” when used in conjunction with the term “comprising” in the claims and/or the specification may mean “one,” but it is also consistent with the meaning of “one or more,” “at least one,” and “one or more than one.”
- Throughout this application, the term “about” is used to indicate that a value includes the inherent variation of error for the device, the method being employed to determine the value, or the variation that exists among the study subjects, or +/−5% of the stated value.
- The terms “comprise,” “have” and “include” are open-ended linking verbs. Any forms or tenses of one or more of these verbs, such as “comprises,” “comprising,” “has,” “having,” “includes” and “including,” are also open-ended. For example, any method that “comprises,” “has” or “includes” one or more steps is not limited to possessing only those one or more steps and also covers other unlisted steps.
- The term “effective,” as that term is used in the specification and/or claims, means adequate to accomplish a desired, expected, or intended result. “Effective amount,” “Therapeutically effective amount” or “pharmaceutically effective amount” when used in the context of treating a patient or subject with a compound means that amount of the compound which, when administered to a subject or patient for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
- As used herein, the term “IC50” refers to an inhibitory dose which is 50% of the maximum response obtained. This quantitative measure indicates how much of a particular drug or other substance (inhibitor) is needed to inhibit a given biological, biochemical or chemical process (or component of a process, i.e. an enzyme, cell, cell receptor or microorganism) by half.
- An “isomer” of a first compound is a separate compound in which each molecule contains the same constituent atoms as the first compound, but where the configuration of those atoms in three dimensions differs.
- As used herein, the term “patient” or “subject” refers to a living vertebrate organism, such as a human, monkey, cow, sheep, goat, dog, cat, mouse, rat, guinea pig, bird, fish or transgenic species thereof. In certain embodiments, the patient or subject is a primate. Non-limiting examples of human subjects are adults, juveniles, infants and fetuses.
- As generally used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues, organs, and/or bodily fluids of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problems or complications commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” means salts of the compound of the present disclosure which are pharmaceutically acceptable, as defined above, and which possess the desired pharmacological activity. Such salts include acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or with organic acids such as 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, 4,4′-methylenebis(3-hydroxy-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid), 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, acetic acid, aliphatic mono- and dicarboxylic acids, aliphatic sulfuric acids, aromatic sulfuric acids, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, carbonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, fumaric acid, glucoheptonic acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, glycolic acid, heptanoic acid, hexanoic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, lactic acid, laurylsulfuric acid, maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, muconic acid, o-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, oxalic acid, p-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, phenyl-substituted alkanoic acids, propionic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, tertiarybutylacetic acid, trimethylacetic acid, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts also include base addition salts which may be formed when acidic protons present are capable of reacting with inorganic or organic bases. Acceptable inorganic bases include sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide and calcium hydroxide. Acceptable organic bases include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine and the like. It should be recognized that the particular anion or cation forming a part of any salt of this disclosure is not critical, so long as the salt, as a whole, is pharmacologically acceptable. Additional examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts and their methods of preparation and use are presented in Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, and Use (2002).
- “Prevention” or “preventing” includes: (1) inhibiting the onset of a disease in a subject or patient which may be at risk and/or predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display any or all of the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, and/or (2) slowing the onset of the pathology or symptomatology of a disease in a subject or patient which may be at risk and/or predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display any or all of the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, including reactivation.
- “Prodrug” means a compound that is convertible in vivo metabolically into an inhibitor according to the present disclosure. The prodrug itself may or may not also have activity with respect to a given target protein. For example, a compound comprising a hydroxy group may be administered as an ester that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the hydroxy compound. Suitable esters that may be converted in vivo into hydroxy compounds include acetates, citrates, lactates, phosphates, tartrates, malonates, oxalates, salicylates, propionates, succinates, fumarates, maleates, methylene-bis-β-hydroxynaphthoate, gentisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methanesulfonates, ethanesulfonates, benzenesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates, cyclohexylsulfamates, quinates, esters of amino acids, and the like. Similarly, a compound comprising an amine group may be administered as an amide that is converted by hydrolysis in vivo to the amine compound.
- A “stereoisomer” or “optical isomer” is an isomer of a given compound in which the same atoms are bonded to the same other atoms, but where the configuration of those atoms in three dimensions differs. “Enantiomers” are stereoisomers of a given compound that are mirror images of each other, like left and right hands. “Diastereomers” are stereoisomers of a given compound that are not enantiomers. Chiral molecules contain a chiral center, also referred to as a stereocenter or stereogenic center, which is any point, though not necessarily an atom, in a molecule bearing groups such that an interchanging of any two groups leads to a stereoisomer. In organic compounds, the chiral center is typically a carbon, phosphorus or sulfur atom, though it is also possible for other atoms to be stereocenters in organic and inorganic compounds. A molecule can have multiple stereocenters, giving it many stereoisomers. In compounds whose stereoisomerism is due to tetrahedral stereogenic centers (e.g., tetrahedral carbon), the total number of hypothetically possible stereoisomers will not exceed 2n, where n is the number of tetrahedral stereocenters. Molecules with symmetry frequently have fewer than the maximum possible number of stereoisomers. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture. Alternatively, a mixture of enantiomers can be enantiomerically enriched so that one enantiomer is present in an amount greater than 50%. Typically, enantiomers and/or diasteromers can be resolved or separated using techniques known in the art. It is contemplated that for any stereocenter or axis of chirality for which stereochemistry has not been defined, that stereocenter or axis of chirality can be present in its R form, S form, or as a mixture of the R and S forms, including racemic and non-racemic mixtures. As used herein, the phrase “substantially free from other stereoisomers” means that the composition contains ≤15%, more preferably ≤10%, even more preferably ≤5%, or most preferably ≤1% of another stereoisomer(s).
- “Effective amount,” “therapeutically effective amount” or “pharmaceutically effective amount” means that amount which, when administered to a subject or patient for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
- “Treatment” or “treating” includes (1) inhibiting a disease in a subject or patient experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease (e.g., arresting further development of the pathology and/or symptomatology), (2) ameliorating a disease in a subject or patient that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease (e.g., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology), and/or (3) effecting any measurable decrease in a disease in a subject or patient that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease. In some embodiments, treatment of a patient afflicted with one of the pathological conditions described herein comprises administering to such a patient an amount of compound described herein which is therapeutically effective in controlling the condition or in prolonging the survivability of the patient beyond that expected in the absence of such treatment. As used herein, the term “inhibition” of the condition also refers to slowing, interrupting, arresting or stopping the condition and does not necessarily indicate a total elimination of the condition. It is believed that prolonging the survivability of a patient, beyond being a significant advantageous effect in and of itself, also indicates that the condition is beneficially controlled to some extent.
- The above definitions supersede any conflicting definition in any reference that is incorporated by reference herein. The fact that certain terms are defined, however, should not be considered as indicative that any term that is undefined is indefinite. Rather, all terms used are believed to describe the disclosure in terms such that one of ordinary skill can appreciate the scope and practice the present disclosure.
- 1. Pharmaceutical Formulations
- In particular embodiments, where clinical application of an active ingredient is undertaken, it will be necessary to prepare a pharmaceutical composition appropriate for the intended application. Generally, this will entail preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is essentially free of pyrogens, as well as any other impurities or contaminants that could be harmful to humans or animals. One also will generally desire to employ appropriate buffers to render the complex stable and allow for uptake by target cells.
- Aqueous compositions of the present disclosure comprise an effective amount of the active compound, as discussed above, further dispersed in pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or aqueous medium. Such compositions also are referred to as inocula. The phrase “pharmaceutically or pharmacologically acceptable” refers to compositions that do not produce an adverse, allergic or other untoward reaction when administered to an animal, or a human, as appropriate, as well as the requisite sterility for in vivo uses.
- As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active ingredients also can be incorporated into the compositions.
- Solutions of therapeutic compositions can be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant, such as hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions also can be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
- The therapeutic compositions of the present disclosure are advantageously administered in the form of injectable compositions either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid prior to injection may also be prepared. These preparations also may be emulsified. A typical composition for such purpose comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For instance, the composition may contain 10 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg or up to about 100 mg of human serum albumin per milliliter of phosphate buffered saline. Other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include aqueous solutions, non-toxic excipients, including salts, preservatives, buffers and the like.
- Examples of non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oil and injectable organic esters such as ethyloleate. Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, saline solutions, parenteral vehicles such as sodium chloride, Ringer's dextrose, etc. Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers. Preservatives include antimicrobial agents, anti-oxidants, chelating agents and inert gases. The pH and exact concentration of the various components the pharmaceutical composition are adjusted according to well-known parameters.
- Additional formulations are suitable for oral administration. Oral formulations include such typical excipients as, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate and the like. The compositions take the form of solutions, suspensions, tablets, pills, capsules, sustained release formulations or powders. When the route is topical, the form may be a cream, ointment, a controlled release patch, salve or spray. In some embodiments, the topical formulation by used for administration to the skin, to mucosa membranes such as the eye, eye lids, the genitals, the anus, or the inside of the mouth or nose, and in particular to the cornea.
- An effective amount of the therapeutic composition is determined based on the intended goal. The term “unit dose” or “dosage” refers to physically discrete units suitable for use in a subject, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of the therapeutic composition calculated to produce the desired responses, discussed above, in association with its administration, i.e., the appropriate route and treatment regimen. The quantity to be administered, both according to number of treatments and unit dose, depends on the protection desired.
- Precise amounts of the therapeutic composition also depend on the judgment of the practitioner and are peculiar to each individual. Factors affecting dose include physical and clinical state of the patient, the route of administration, the intended goal of treatment and the potency, stability and toxicity of the particular therapeutic substance.
- 2. Routes of Administration
- Formulations of the present disclosure are suitable for oral administration. However, the therapeutic compositions of the present disclosure may be administered via any common route so long as the target tissue is available via that route. This includes nasal, buccal, corneal, ocularly, rectal, vaginal, or topical administration, and intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal or intravenous injection. As such, compositions would be formulated pharmaceutically in route-acceptable compositions that include physiologically acceptable carriers, buffers or other excipients.
- As with dosing amounts, the timing of delivery (including intervals and total number of doses) depends on the judgment of the practitioner and are peculiar to each individual. Factors affecting dose include physical and clinical state of the patient, the route of administration, the intended goal of treatment and the potency, stability and toxicity of the particular therapeutic substance.
- 3. Combination Therapy
- In many clinical situations, it is advisable to use a combination of distinct therapies. Thus, it is envisioned that, in addition to the therapies described above, one would also wish to provide to the patient more “traditional” pharmaceutical hepatitis or herpesvirus therapies. Examples of standard therapies are described above. Combinations may be achieved by administering a single composition or pharmacological formulation that includes both agents, or with two distinct compositions or formulations, at the same time, wherein one composition includes the agents of the present disclosure and the other includes the standard therapy. Alternatively, standard therapy may precede or follow the present agent treatment by intervals ranging from minutes to weeks to months. In embodiments where the treatments are applied separately, one would generally ensure that a significant period of time did not expire between the time of each delivery, such that the agents would still be able to exert an advantageously combined effect on the subject. In such instances, it is contemplated that one would administer both modalities within about 12-24 hours of each other and, more preferably, within about 6-12 hours of each other, with a delay time of only about 12 hours being most preferred. In some situations, it may be desirable to extend the time period for treatment significantly, however, where several days (2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7) to several weeks (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8) lapse between the respective administrations.
- It also is conceivable that more than one administration of either the agent of the present disclosure, or the standard therapy will be desired. Various combinations may be employed, where the present disclosure compound is “A” and the standard therapy is “B,” as exemplified below:
-
A/B/A B/A/B B/B/A A/A/B B/A/A A/B/B B/B/B/A B/B/A/B A/A/B/B A/B/A/B A/B/B/A B/B/A/A B/A/B/A B/A/A/B B/B/B/A A/A/A/B B/A/A/A A/B/A/A A/A/B/A A/B/B/B B/A/B/B B/B/A/B - Other combinations are contemplated as well. Drugs suitable for such combinations are described above and include, but are not limited to, DNA polymerase inhibitors (nucleoside analogs), including acyclovir, famciclovir, valaciclovir, penciclovir, and ganciclovir. Additionally, it is contemplated that other antiviral agents such as a pegylated interferon, interferon alfa-2b, lamivudine, adefovir, telbivudine, entercavir, or tenofovir may be used in combination with the compounds described herein.
- The following examples are included to further illustrate various aspects of the disclosure. It should be appreciated by those of skill in the art that the techniques disclosed in the examples which follow represent techniques and/or compositions discovered by the inventors to function well in the practice of the disclosure, and thus can be considered to constitute preferred modes for its practice. However, those of skill in the art should, in light of the present disclosure, appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific embodiments which are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure.
- 1. Materials and Methods
- Cells and Viruses.
- Vero cells were maintained in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) containing 3% newborn calf serum, 3% bovine growth serum, 2 mM L-glutamine and 100 IU/mL penicillin and 0.1 mg/mL streptomycin (P/S). HSV-1 #6 and HSV-2 #1 are de-identified clinical isolates from the Saint Louis University Hospital. Stocks were prepared after a single passage in cell culture and were titered by standard plaque assay (Knipe and Spang, 1982). Wild-type HSV-2 used in
FIG. 3 was laboratory strain 333. The TK-deficient mutant of HSV-2 strain 333, ΔTK−, contains a 180-bp KpnI-KpnI deletion in the UL23 open reading frame that abrogates TK activity (McDermott, et al, 1984). ΔTK− was the generous gift of Jim Smiley. Virus stocks were grown and titered on Vero cells (Morrison and Knipe, 1996). - Compound Selection Strategy.
- The compound was selected for evaluation of its ability to inhibit HSV replication based on one or more of the following criteria:
-
- close chemical relatives of compounds that inhibit the HIV RNase H, the HIV integrase, or the HBV RNase H
- availability from commercial sources and/or through the NCI compound repository.
- Anti-HSV-1 and -HSV-2 Replication Assay.
- Compounds to be screened were diluted in PBS supplemented to contain 2% newborn calf serum and 1% glutamine, and added in 100 μL volume to confluent cell monolayers in 24-well cluster plates. Immediately thereafter HSV-1 and HSV-2, diluted in the supplemented PBS medium, were added to the wells in 50 μl volume such that the final concentration of compound was 50 μM, 5 μM and 1 μM and the multiplicity of infection was 0.1. The plates were incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour and then virus-containing inoculum was removed and the wells were washed once in PBS. Compound, diluted to 50 μM, 5 μM and 1 μM in DMEM supplemented to contain 2% newborn calf serum and 1% each penicillin/streptomycin, was added at 0.5 mL/well. Plates were incubated at 37° C. an additional 23 hours, and then the plates were visually inspected through a phase contrast microscope for cytopathic effect, and for toxic effect. The entire contents of each well were collected by scraping. Samples were frozen at −80° C., and then subsequently thawed, sonicated, and infectious virus titer was determined by standard plaque assay on Vero cell monolayers. Because the compounds were dissolved at 10 mM in 100% DMSO, equivalent dilutions of DMSO were added to additional wells as a control for effects of the diluent. Each experiment was repeated once. EC50 values were determined as above except that serial dilutions of the compound to be tested were prepared starting at 50 μM. The inhibitory values were calculated by non-linear curve-fitting in GraphPad Prism.
- Toxicity Assays.
- Qualitative assessments of cytotoxicity were done visually by inspecting the cells in the primary screening assays. For the quantitative assays, cells were plated in 96-well plates at 1.0×104 per well. The next day the compounds were added at 0.78 to 100 μM in a final concentration of 1% (v/v) DMSO, and the cells were incubated for 24 hours under conditions identical to those employed for the viral replication inhibition assays. Mitochondrial toxicity was measured by incubating the cells with 0.25 mg/mL thiazolyl blue tetrazolium bromide (MTT, SigmaAldrich Chemical Co.), the cultures were incubated for 60 min, metabolites were solubilized in acidic isopropanol, and absorbance was read at 570 nm. CC50 values were calculated by non-linear curve fitting using GraphPad Prism.
- Mouse Liver Microsome Assays.
- Microsomal incubations are run at a final P450 concentration of 0.25 μM. The microsomal mixture is composed of 0.1M potassium phosphate containing 3.3 mM MgCl and 1 μM compound (final concentration). The mixture is prewarmed for 5 min at 37° C. To initiate the reaction a 12 mM stock of NAPDH (1.2 mM, final concentration) is added to the warmed microsomal mixture and aliquots are removed at 0, 5, 10, 20 and 30 min. Samples are quenched with ice cold acetonitrile containing internal standard and either 1.8 mM EDTA or EGTA (final concentration). Samples are vortexed and spun down at 3200 rpm for 5 min. The supernant is transferred to 96-deep well plates and run on LC/MS/MS.
- RNaseH Expression and Purification.
- Recombinant HBV RNaseH and human RNaseH1 were expressed in E. coli and partially purified by nickel-affinity chromatography as previously described in Tavis, et al. (2013). The enriched extracts were dialyzed into 50 mM HEPES pH 7.3, 300 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, and 5 mM DTT and stored in liquid nitrogen.
- Oligonucleotide-Directed RNA Cleavage Assay.
- RNaseH activity was measured using an oligonucleotide-directed RNA cleavage assay as previously described in Hu, et al., Tavis, et al., and Cai, et al. (2013; 2013; and 2014, respectfully). Briefly, 6 μL protein extract was mixed on ice with an internally 32P-labeled 264 nt RNA derived from the Duck Hepatitis B Virus genome (DRF+ RNA) plus 3 μg oligonucleotide D2507- or its inverse-complement oligonucleotide D2526+ as a negative control. This mixture was incubated with test compounds in 50 mM Tris pH 8.0, 190 mM NaCl, 5 mM MgCl2, 3.5 mM DTT, 0.05% NP40, 6% glycerol, and 1% DMSO at 42° C. for 90 minutes. Cleavage products were resolved by denaturing polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, detected by autoradiography, and quantified using ImageJ. Non-specific background values were determined from the incorrect oligonucleotide negative control lane and subtracted from all experimental values. IC50 values were then calculated with GraphPad Prism using three-parameter log(inhibitor) vs. response non-linear curve fitting with the curve minimum set to zero to reflect background subtraction.
- HBV Replication Assay.
- Inhibition of HBV replication was measured in HepDES19 cells as previously described in Cai, et al. (2014). Cells were seeded into 6-well plates and incubated in DMEM/F12, 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 1% penicillin/streptomycin (P/S) with 1 μg/mL tetracycline. Tetracycline was withdrawn after 24 hours. The test compound was applied to duplicate wells 48 hours later in medium containing a final DMSO concentration of 1%, and medium containing the compound was refreshed daily for the following two days. Cells were harvested and non-encapsidated nucleic acids were digested with micrococcal nuclease (New England Biolabs). HBV DNA was purified from capsids using QIAamp Cador Pathogen Mini Kit (Qiagen) with proteinase K incubation overnight at 37° C. TaqMan PCR was performed for 40 cycles at an annealing temperature of 60° C. Primers and probe (IDT Inc.) for the plus-polarity strand were: 5′CATGAACAAGAGATGATTAGGCAGAG3′; 5′GGAGGCTGTAGGCATAAATTGG3′; 5′/56-FAM/CTGCGCACC/ZEN/AGCACCATGCA/3IABkFQ. Primers and probe for the minus-polarity strand were: 5′ GCAGATGAGAAGGCACAGA3′; 5′CTTCTCCGTCTGCCGTT3′; 5′/56-FAM/AGTCCGCGT/ZEN/AAAGAGAGGTGCG/3IABkFQ.
- MTT Cytotoxicity Assays.
- 1.0×104 HepDES19 cells per well were seeded in 96-well plates and incubated in DMEM with 10% FBS plus 1% P/S, 1% non-essential amino acids, and 1% glutamine. Compounds were diluted in medium to the indicated concentrations plus 1% DMSO and added to cells 24 hours after plating, with each concentration tested in triplicate. Medium containing the compound was refreshed daily for the next two days. Thiazolyl blue tetrazolium bromide (MTT, Sigma-Aldrich) was added to 0.25 mg/mL, the cultures were incubated for 60 minutes, metabolites were solubilized in acidic isopropanol, and absorbance was read at 570 nM.
- 2. Results
- Compound Selection Strategy.
- This compound was selected based on its structural similarity to polyoxygenated heterocycle compounds with anti-microbial activity. Piroctone olamine (octopirox; #191) is an approved antifungal in Europe. Its structure is shown in
FIG. 1 . Nine napthyridinones were tested for capacity to inhibit the nuclease activity of pUL15C (Masaoka et al., 2016). Seven of these inhibited nuclease activity with IC50 values ≤2 μM, and two of the seven compounds (#151 and 155) strongly suppressed HSV-1 and HSV-2 replication in cell culture at 5 μM or less (Table 2). - Primary Screening for Inhibition of HSV-1 and HSV-2 Replication.
- Efficacy of this compound against both HSV-1 and HSV-2 was initially assessed at 50, 5 and 1 μM in a semi-quantitative replication inhibition assay. Inhibition was categorized as negligible (<1 log10 at 50 μM relative to the DMSO-treated control), intermediate (1 to 3 log10 suppression, which equals 10- to 1,000-fold reduction), or strong (3 to 6 log10 suppression, or 1,000- to 1,000,000-fold reduction). Compound #191 (piroctone olamine or octopirox) showed strong inhibitory activity at 50 and 5 μM against HSV-1 and HSV-2 (Table 2).
Compound # 191 maintained intermediate inhibition of HSV-1 and HSV-2 even at 1 μM (Table 2). Thus, it inhibited HSV-1 by 3.61 log10 (4,074-fold) and HSV-2 by 4.59 log10 (39,000-fold) at 5 μM. For comparison, the approved anti-HSV drug acyclovir inhibited HSV-1 replication in this assay by 4.22 log10 (16,600-fold) and HSV-2 by only 3.6 log10 (3,980-fold) at 5 μM. Therefore, this polyoxygenated heterocycle compound inhibits both HSV-1 and HSV-2 replication as well as or better than acyclovir. -
TABLE 2 HSV-1 HSV-2 Compound Number and Log10 suppression Log10 suppression Anti-human Reference 50 μM 5 μM 1 μM EC 50 50 μM 5 μM 1 μM EC50 RNase H1 CC50 #191 (Piroctone olamine) 3.85 3.53 2.71 1.57 μM 4.25 4.53 1.70 1.53 μM — >100 #208 2.63 0.15 0.26 0.11 #211 1.6 0.08 1.81 0.04 Acyclovir 5.39 3.61 nd 0.16 μM 5.25 3.91 nd 1.44 μM nd >100 nd, not determined. - Compound Toxicity.
- Visual inspection of the infected cells at the end of the 24 hour infection window through a phase-contrast microscope revealed substantially less cytopathic effect (CPE) than the DMSO-treated control wells without appearance of apoptosis or necrosis.
- A quantitative toxicity measurement was conducted. Toxicity was assessed by measuring release of intracellular proteases into the culture medium due to cellular lysis. Cells were plated in 96-well plates at 1.0×104 per well. The next day compound was added in concentrations ranging from 0.78 to 100 μM in a final concentration of 1% (v/v) DMSO. The cells were incubated for 24 hours under conditions identical to those employed for the viral replication inhibition assays, and then mitochondrial activity was measured with the MTT assay (Sigma Aldrich) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Percent viability was determined for each compound concentration from the luminosity data, and then 50% cytotoxic concentration (CC50) value was calculated by non-linear curve fitting using GraphPad Prism. Consistent with the subjective assessments of toxicity, #191 had a CC50 value >100 μM under these conditions (Table 1). #191 did not inhibit the activity of human RNaseH1 (Table 1), another indicator of low toxicity.
- Quantitative HSV-1 and HSV-2 Replication Inhibition Assays.
- To obtain a more quantitative evaluation of the inhibitory potential of
compound # 191, EC50 values were determined against HSV-1 and HSV-2. For HSV-1, the EC50 value was 0.27 μM. For HSV-2, the value was 0.60 μM. For comparison, acyclovir had an EC50 of 0.16 and 1.44 μM versus HSV-1 and HSV-2, respectively (Table 1). Overall, these quantitative data confirmed the highly effective inhibition of HSV-1 and HSV-2 bycompound # 191 in the semi-quantitative assay. They also reinforce the observation that this compound can efficiently inhibit both HSV-1 and HSV-2, and they strengthen the conclusion that the strong inhibitor identified here has equivalent or superior activity against the herpes simplex viruses than the approved drug acyclovir. -
Compound # 191 suppressed replication of three primary clinical isolates of HSV-2 by >4.7 log10 at 5 μM (FIG. 2 ), indicating that it is active against a range of clinically relevant virus strains. - Inhibition of an Acyclovir-Resistant HSV-2 Mutant.
- ACV is a nucleoside analog prodrug that must be phosphorylated by the viral thymidine kinase (TK) for it to become a substrate for the viral DNA polymerase (Elion, et al., 1977). HSV TK-deficient mutants are therefore insensitive to ACV. Because viral resistance to ACV and other nucleoside analogs is a significant medical problem (Field and Biron, 1994; Coen, 1991; Wang, et al, 2011; Duan, et al., 2009; Duan, et al., 2008; Pelosi, et al., 1992), especially in immunocompromised patients (Reyes, et al., 2013; Levin, et al., 2004; Gilbert, et al., 2002; Schmit and Boivin, 1999), the inventors considered whether defined TK-deficient mutants of HSV-2 would be sensitive to other compounds such as
compound # 191. Vero cells were infected with a laboratory strain of HSV-2 and an engineered TK-deficient mutant of the same strain. The cells were treated with 5 μM ACV orcompound # 191 as was done in the primary screening assays, and viral yields 24 hours post-infection were measured by plaque assay.ACV 5 μM inhibited wild-type HSV-2 replication 100-fold, but it had little effect on the TK− mutant (FIG. 3 ). In marked contrast,compound # 191 efficiently inhibited the wild-type HSV-2 and the TK− mutant strain. Therefore, this compound does not require phosphorylation by the viral TK gene to be active, confirming thatcompound # 191 suppress HSV-2 replication in a different manner than ACV. These data also demonstrate thatcompound # 191 are stronger inhibitors of HSV-2 than ACV at 5 μM. - Therapeutic Implications.
- The high suppressive activities against the herpesviruses observed with this compound (as much as 4.59 log10 at 5 μM) and its minimal short-term toxicity implies that it may be suitable for use as an anti-viral drug. This is especially true for the acute and/or topical therapies most commonly employed for the herpes simplex viruses. The structure of this compound and its already proven drugability implies that further improvements in the inhibitory potential against the herpesviruses should be attainable by standard medicinal chemistry approaches.
- Elimination in Mouse Liver Microsomes.
- Table 3 below shows the elimination profile of compounds #191, #41, and #208. The table shows the half life, the intrinsic clearance, the hepatic clearance, extraction ratio, and methods of turnover. Several compounds tested in mouse liver microsomes had long half-lives, low extraction ratios, and no evidence of non-P450 turnover (Table 3), suggesting their capacity to resist rapid degradation and elimination by the liver.
-
TABLE 3 Polyoxygen heterocyclic compounds show favorable resistance to elimination in mouse liver microsomes. t ½ CL'int CL 'hep Non-P450 Compound (min) (mL/min/kg) (mL/min/kg) ER turn-over 208 >120 −201 163 <0.1 No 41 >120 17 14 0.16 No 191 >120 9 8 0.09 No - Summary.
- The inventors here demonstrate that a polyoxygenated heterocycle compound profoundly suppresses replication of HSV-1 and HSV-2 with no measurable toxicity in a short-term cell culture assay. Inhibition by this primary screening hit is equal or superior to the approved anti-herpesvirus drug acyclovir, particularly against HSV-2. Thus, the existing compound may already be superior to the drugs that are used for HSV-2 infection, and improved efficacy can readily be envisioned through standard medicinal chemistry approaches. Its structural dissimilarity to the nucleoside analogs implies a novel mode of action, suggesting it would be a good candidate for combination therapy with the existing anti-herpesvirus drugs to improve efficacy of antiviral therapy.
- 3. HBV Activity
- HBV activity of some of the compounds described herein is shown in Table 4 below.
-
TABLE 4 HBV Activity Com- Qualitative HBV pound EC50 CC50 replication Number Compound (μM) (μM) inhibition assay 151 4.7 15 ** 153 4.1 10 ** 210 1.5 71 ** 208 0.69 15 ** 211 13 30 ** 49 ND 9 — ** + DNA suppression <25% and − DNA suppression >60% *+ DNA suppression <50% of − DNA suppression ND - not determined - 4. Synergistic Activity of HBV RNAseH with Nucleoside Analog Drug
- Current nucleos(t)ide analog therapy for HBV has converted hepatitis type B from an implacably progressing illness to a controllable disease. However, patients are only very rarely cured, in part due to the incomplete inhibition of HBV replication. The inventors hypothesized that the novel RNaseH inhibitors would work synergistically with the existing nucleos(t)ide analogs because the two classes of drugs target physically distinct active sites on the viral polymerase protein. Therefore, potential synergy between the RNAseH inhibitors and the nucleoside analog Lamivudine was analyzed using the Chou-Talalay method (Chou 2010). RNAseH inhibitors from two different chemical classes were employed, compound #1 [2-hydroxyisoquinoline-1,3(2H,4H)-dione], an HID, and #46 (β-thujaplicinol), an α-hydroxytropolone, were tested. Chou-Talaly analysis yields a combination index (CI). CI values <1.0 indicate synergy, CIs of approximately 1.0 indicate additive interactions, and CI values >1.0 indicate antagonism. CI values are calculated at various efficacy levels (EC50, EC75, EC90, and EC95), and a weighted CI value favoring higher efficacy levels is also generated.
FIGS. 4A & 4B show the results of four experiments employingcompound # 1 and three withcompound # 46. All experiments revealed synergistic interactions between the RNAseH inhibitors and Lamivudine, and the weighted CI values were 0.70±0.1 for theHID compound # 1 and 0.44±0.3 for the α-hydroxytropolone # 46. Therefore, RNAseH inhibitors act strongly synergistically with an approved nucleos(t)ide analog drug against HBV. This demonstrates feasibility for employing RNAseH inhibitors in combination therapy with the nucleos(t)ide analogs during HBV treatment. - 5. RNAseH Inhibitor Sensitivity is Insensitive to High Genetic Variation
- HBV has 8 genotypes differing in sequence by 8%. Genetic diversity in the RNAseH domain is about 6%, which is easily high enough to modulate viral sensitivity to RNAseH inhibitors. Therefore, the inventors tested the RNAseH inhibitors #1 [2-hydroxyisoquinoline-1,3(2H,4H)-dione], an HID, and #46 (P3-thujaplicinol), an α-hydroxytropolone, for the ability to inhibit variant RNAseHs. Twelve purified, patient-derived RNAseH enzymes (4 from each genotypes B, C and D) were tested with the compounds at their respective IC50 values in a biochemical RNAseH assay.
FIGS. 5A & 5B demonstrate that the four genotype D enzymes each inhibited the HBV RNAseH by about 50% at the compounds IC50 values as expected. Equivalent results were obtained for all 12 enzymes againstcompounds # 1 and #46. Therefore, HBV's high genetic variation is unlikely to present a substantial barrier to drug development. - All of the compositions and methods disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods of this disclosure have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may be applied to the compositions and methods, and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the methods described herein without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the disclosure. More specifically, it will be apparent that certain agents which are both chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while the same or similar results would be achieved. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the disclosure as defined by the appended claims.
- The following references, to the extent that they provide exemplary procedural or other details supplementary to those set forth herein, are specifically incorporated herein by reference:
- Alba et al., Genome Res., 11:43-54, 2001.
- Andrei and Snoeck, Curr Opin Infect Dis. 26:551-560, 2013.
- Aoki et al., Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 39:846-849, 1995.
- Ariyoshi et al., Cell 78:1063-1072, 1994.
- Arvin & Gilden, Varicella-Zoster Virus, 2015-2057, 2013.
- Balzarini et al., PLoS Pathog. 9:e1003456, 2013.
- Bernstein et al., Antiviral Res 92:386-388, 2011.
- Billamboz et al., J. Med. Chem. 54:1812-1824, 2011.
- Bogner et al., J Virol., 72:2259-2264, 1998.
- Bogner, Rev Med Virol., 12:115-127, 2002.
- Bokesch et al., J. Nat. Prod. 71, 1634-1636, 2008.
- Bortner et al., J Mol Biol. 231:241-250, 1993.
- Budihas et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 33, 1249-1256, 2005.
- Cai, et al., Antiviral Res., 108:48-55, 2014.
- Chen et al., J. Neurovirology 8:204-210, 2002.
- Choi et al., Antiviral Res. 55: 279-290, 2002.
- Chono et al., J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 65:1733-1741, 2010.
- Chou, et al., Cancer Res., 70:440-446, 2010.
- Chung et al., J. Med. Chem. 54, 4462-4473, 2011.
- Chung et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 54, 3913-3921, 2010.
- Clement et al., Int J Cancer 100:491-498, 2002.
- Coen, Antiviral Res, 15:287-300, 1991.
- Coen, Viral DNA polymerases, p. 495-523, 1996.
- Cohen, The New England journal of medicine 369:255-263, 2013.
- Damania & Cesarman, Kaposi's Sarcoma-Associated Herpesvirus, 2080-2128, 2013.
- De et al., Curr. Opin. Infect. Dis., 28:589-595, 2015.
- Decaro et al., The Veterinary clinics of North America. Small animal practice 38:799-814, viii, 2008.
- Derse et al., J Biol Chem, 257:10251-10260, 1982.
- Di et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 20, 398-402, 2010.
- Didierjean et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 49, 4884-4894, 2005.
- Drew et al., Clin Diagn Virol. 1:179-185, 1993.
- Drew et al., J Infect Dis. 179:1352-1355, 1999.
- Drew et al., Am J Transplant 1:307-312, 2001.
- Dolan et al., J Virol 72:2010-2021, 1998.
- Duan et al., J Infect Dis, 200:1402-1414, 2009.
- Duan, et al., J Infect Dis, 198:659-663, 2008.
- Dyda et al., Science 266:1981-1986, 1994.
- Eberhard et al., Blood 114:3064-3073, 2009.
- Elion et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 74:5716-5720, 1977
- Fenner et al., Veterinary Virology, 2 ed. Academic Press, 1993.
- Field and Biron, Clin Microbiol Rev, 7:1-13, 1994.
- Field and Vere Hodge, Br Med Bull. 106:213-249, 2013.
- Fortier et al., Veterinary J. 186:148-156, 2010.
- Frank et al., Biol. Chem. 379:1407-1412, 1998.
- Frank et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:12872-12877, 1998.
- Freed et al., “HIVs and their replication,” in: Knipe, D. M., Howley, P. M., Griffin, D. E., Lamb, R. A., Martin, M. A., Roizman, B., Straus, S. E. (Eds.), FIELDS VIROLOGY. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, pp. 2107-2185, 2007.
- Fuji et al., J. Med. Chem. 52, 1380-1387, 2009.
- Gao et al., Virology 249:460-470, 1998.
- Gaskell et al., Feline herpesvirus. Veterinary research 38:337-354, 2007.
- Gerelsaikhan et al., J. Virol. 70, 4269-4274, 1996.
- Gilbert et al., Canadian journal of public health=Revue canadienne de sante publique, 2011.
- Gilbert, et al., Drug Resist Updat, 5:88-114, 2002.
- Gimeno, Vaccine 26 Suppl 3:C31-41, 2008.
- Goedken et al., J. Biol. Chem. 276, 7266-7271, 2001.
- Hanauske-Abel et al., PloS One 8:e74414. doi: 10.1371, 2013.
- Hanel et al., Mycoses 34 Suppl 1:91-93, 1991.
- Hanson et al., Viruses 3(11): 2160-2191, 2011.
- Higaki et al., Cornea 25(10 Suppl 1):564-67, 2006.
- Himmel et al., ACS Chem. Biol. 1:702-712, 2006.
- Himmel et al., Structure 17: 1625-1635, 2009.
- Hirari, Current Topics in Microbiology and Immunology: Marek's Disease, 2001.
- Hoffman et al., Cytometry 12:26-32, 1991.
- Horowitz et al., Journal of American college health: J of ACH 59:69-74, 2011.
- Hostomsky et al., Nulceases, vol. 2, 1993b.
- Hostomsky et al., “Ribonuclease H,” in: Linn, S. M., Lloyd, R. S., Roberts, R. J. (Eds.), Nulceases. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Plainview, N.Y., pp. 341-376, 1993a.
- Hostomsky et al., Structure 3:131-134, 1993c.
- Hu et al., Antiviral Res 99:221-229, 2013.
- Hwang and Bogner, J Biol Chem., 277:6943-6948, 2002.
- Imai et al., J Infect Dis. 189:611-615, 2004.
- James et al., Antiviral Res 83:207-213, 2009.
- Johnston et al., Lancet 379:641-647, 2012.
- Kamali et al., Sexually transmitted infections 75:98-102, 1999.
- Katayanagi et al., Nature 347: 306-309, 1990.
- Keck et al., J Biol. Chem. 273, 34128-34133, 1998.
- Kim et al., In Vivo 25:887-893, 2011.
- Kimberlin, Seminars in perinatology 31:19-25, 2007.
- Kirschberg et al., J Med. Chem. 52:5781-5784, 2009.
- Klarmann et al., AIDS Rev 4: 183-194, 2002.
- Klumpp et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 31, 6852-6859, 2004.
- Klumpp and Mirzadegan, Curr. Pharm. Des 12:1909-1922, 2006.
- Knipe and Spang J Virol, 43:314-324, 1982.
- Ko et al., PLoS One 6:e27844. doi: 10.1371, 2011.
- Komatsu et al., Antiviral Res 101:12-25, 2014.
- Korom et al., J Virol, 87:5882-5894, 2013.
- Kwun et al., J Gen. Virol. 82, 2235-2241, 2001.
- Lai et al., Structure 8:897-904, 2000.
- Levin et al., Clin Infect Dis, 39 Suppl 5:S248-257, 2004.
- Li et al., Mol. Biol. Evol. 12:657-670, 1999.
- Lima et al., Methods Enzymol. 341:430-440, 2001.
- Linden et al., Faseb J., 17:761-763, 2003.
- Liu et al., J Biol. Chem. 281:18193-18200, 2006.
- Longnecker et al., Epstein-Barr Virus, 1898-1959, 2013.
- Looker, et al., Bull. World Health Organ., 86:805-812, A, 2008.
- Lu, et al., Antimicrob. Agents Chemother., 59(2):1070-1079, 2015.
- Luzuriaga & Sullivan, N Eng J Med. 362:1993-2000, 2010.
- Manicklal et al., Clinical Microbiology Rev. 26: 86-102, 2013.
- Marcellin et al., N Engl. J. Med. 359: 2442-2455, 2008.
- Marchand, Tchesnokov, and Gotte. J Biol Chem 282: 3337-3346, 2007.
- Marfori et al., J Clin Virol. 38:120-5, 2007.
- Masaoka, et al., Biochemistry, 55(5):809-819, 2016.
- McDermott et al., J Virol, 51:747-753, 1984.
- Mettenleiter et al., Virus Res. 143:222-234, 2009.
- Mohni et al., J. Virol. 85:12241-12253, 2011.
- Morfin and Thouvenot, J Clin Virol., 26:29-37, 2003.
- Morrison and Knipe, Virology, 220:402-413, 1996.
- Nakagawa and Tayama, Chem Biol Interact, 116:45-60, 1998.
- Nandi et al., Animal health research reviews/Conference of Research Workers in Animal, 2009.
- Nauwynck et al., Veterinary Res. 38:229-241, 2007.
- Nimonkar and Boehmer, J Biol Chem. 278:9678-9682, 2003.
- Nowotny et al., Cell 121: 1005-1016, 2005.
- Nowotny, EMBO Rep. 10:144-151, 2009.
- Obasi et al., J. Infectious Dis. 179:16-24, 1999.
- Parker et al., EMBO J. 23: 4727-4737, 2004.
- Pellet & Roizman, Herpesviridae 1802-1822, 2013.
- Pelosi et al., Adv Exp Med Biol, 312:151-158, 1992.
- Pena et al., J. Clin. Microbiol. 48:150-153, 2010.
- Popovic et al., J. Thrombosis Thrombolysis 33:160-172, 2012.
- Potenza et al., Protein Expr. Purif 55: 93-99, 2007.
- Quenelle et al., Antivir Chem Chemother 22:131-137, 2011.
- Quinlan et al., Cell 36:857-868, 1984.
- Reyes et al., Arch Intern Med, 163:76-80, 2003.
- Roizman et al., Herpes Simplex Viruses, 1823-1897, 2013.
- Rosen et al., Int J Dermatol., 36:788-792, 1997.
- Scheffczik et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 30:1695-1703, 2002.
- Schmit and Boivin, J Infect Dis, 180:487-490, 1999.
- Scholz et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 31:1426-1433, 2003.
- Schumacher et al., PLoS Pathog. 8:e1002862, 2012.
- Sehgal, Br J Dermatol. 95:83-88, 1976.
- Selvarajan et al., J. Virol. 87:7140-7148, 2013.
- Semenova et al., Mol. Pharmacol. 69:1454-1460, 2006.
- Shaw-Reid et al., J. Biol. Chem. 278, 2777-2780, 2003.
- Smith & Roberts, J. ACH 57:389-394, 2009.
- Smith et al., J. Virol. 68, 5721-5729, 1994.
- Smith, Veterinary J. 153:253-268, 1997.
- Snydman, Clin Infect Dis. 47:883-884, 2008.
- Song et al., Science 305: 1434-1437, 2004.
- Su et al., J. Virol. 84:7625-7633, 2010.
- Takada et al., J. Nat. Prod. 70, 1647-1649, 2007.
- Tavis and Lomonosova, Antiviral Res., 118:132-138, 2015.
- Tavis et al., PLoS Pathogens 9:e1003125, 2013.
- Tavis, et al., Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, 58(12):7451-7461, 2014.
- Tyring et al., J. Infect. Dis. 205:1100-1110, 2012.
- Wald et al., N Engl J Med. 370:201-210, 2014.
- Wang et al., J. Virol. 79:14079-14087, 2005.
- Wang et al., J Clin Virol, 52:107-112, 2011.
- Weizman & Weller, Interactions between HSV-1 and the DNA damage response, p. 257-268, 2011.
- Weller & Coen, Cold Spring Harbor Perspectives in Biology 4:a013011, 2012.
- Weller and Kuchta, Expert Opin Ther Targets, 17:1119-1132, 2013.
- Wendeler et al., ACS Chem. Biol. 3, 635-644, 2008.
- Williams et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 20:6754-6757, 2010.
- Xu et al., JAMA 296:964-973, 2006.
- Yamanishi et al., Human Herpesviruses 6 and 7, p. 2058-2079, 2013.
- Yan et al., M Bio 5:e01318-14, 2014.
- Yang et al., Science 249: 1398-1405, 1990.
- Yang and Steitz, Structure, 3, 131-134, 1995.
- Yao et al., Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 58:2807-2815, 2014.
- Zhou et al., Int J Cancer 127:2467-2477, 2010.
- Zhou et al., J Virol. 88:11121-11129, 2014.
- Zhu et al., J. Virol. 84:7459-7472, 2010.
Claims (59)
1. A method of inhibiting a cellular or herpesvirus nucleic acid metabolism enzyme comprising contacting said enzyme with a compound having the formula:
wherein:
R4 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
R5 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8);
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
R7 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups; or
a compound of the formula:
wherein:
R9 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
R10 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
R11 is hydrogen or Y1—O—X1—OR12; wherein:
Y1 is alkanediyl(C≤8) or substituted alkanediyl(C≤8);
X1 is arenediyl(C≤12), heteroarenediyl(C≤12), or a substituted version of either of these groups;
R12 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein the compound is further defined as:
wherein:
R4 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(c≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
R5 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8);
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
R7 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups; or
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof.
3. The method of claim 1 , wherein the compound is further defined as:
wherein:
R9 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
R10 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
R11 is hydrogen or Y1—O—X1—OR12; wherein:
Y1 is alkanediyl(C≤8) or substituted alkanediyl(C≤8);
X1 is arenediyl(C≤12), heteroarenediyl(C≤12), or a substituted version of either of these groups;
R12 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof.
6. The method of claim 4 , wherein the salt is an ethanolamine salt.
7. The method of claim 1 , further comprising contacting said enzyme with a second inhibitor of said enzyme.
8. The method of claim 7 , further comprising contacting said enzyme with said compound a second time.
9. The method of claim 7 , wherein said enzyme is located in a cell.
10. The method of claim 9 , wherein said cell is located in vitro.
11. The method of claim 9 , wherein said cell is located in a living subject.
12. The method of claim 11 , wherein said subject is a vertebrate infected with a herpesvirus.
13. The method of claim 12 , wherein said compound is administered intravenously, intraarterially, orally, buccally, nasally, ocularly, rectally, vaginally, topically, intramuscularly, intradermally, cutaneously or subcutaneously.
14. The method of claim 12 , wherein said subject is further administered a second anti-herpesvirus therapy.
15. The method of claim 14 , wherein said second anti-herpesvirus therapy is foscarnet or a nucleoside analog.
16. The method of claim 15 , wherein said nucleoside analog is acyclovir, famciclovir, valaciclovir, penciclovir, or ganciclovir.
17. The method of claim 15 , wherein said second anti-herpesvirus therapy is administered to said subject before or after said compound.
18. The method of claim 15 , wherein said second anti-herpesvirus therapy is administered to said subject at the same time as said compound.
19. The method of claim 1 , wherein said subject has previously received a first-line anti-herpesvirus therapy.
20. The method of claim 19 , wherein said herpesvirus has developed resistance to said first-line anti-herpesvirus therapy.
21. The method of claim 1 , wherein said herpevirus is selected from a human alpha herpesvirus, a human beta herpesvirus or a human gamma herpesvirus.
22. The method of claim 21 , wherein the human alpha herpesvirus is selected from herpes simplex virus 1 (HSV-1), herpes simplex virus 2 (HSV-2), and Varicella-Zoster virus (VZV).
23. The method of claim 21 , wherein the human beta herpesvirus is selected from human cytomegalovirus (HCMV), human herpesvirus 6A (HHV-6A), human herpesvirus 6B (HHV-6B), and human herpesvirus 7 (HHV-7).
24. The method of claim 21 , wherein the human gamma herpesvirus is selected from Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) and Kaposi's sarcoma herpesvirus (KSHV).
25. The method of claim 1 , wherein the herpesvirus is a non-human herpesvirus.
26. The method of claim 25 , wherein the herpesvirus is Marek's disease virus, equine herpesviruses, Bovine herpeviruses, or pseudorabies virus.
28. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 27 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for administration: orally, nasally, buccally, corneally, rectally, vaginally, or topically.
29. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 27 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition formulated for administration via injection.
30. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 29 , wherein the injection is formulated for administration: intradermally, cutaneously, ocularly, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, intraarterially, or intravenously.
31. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 27 , wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is an ethanolamine salt.
32. A compound of the formula:
wherein:
R1 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤8), heteroaryl(C≤12), alkylamino(C≤12), dialkylamino(C≤12), arylamino(C≤12), diarylamino(C≤12), aralkylamino(C≤18), diaralkylamino(C≤8), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
R2 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
R3 is hydrogen, amino, carboxyl, cyano, halo, hydroxy, nitro, hydroxysulfonyl, or sulfonylamine; or
alkyl(C≤8), aryl(C≤8), acyl(C≤8), alkoxy(C≤8), acyloxy(C≤8), amido(C≤8), or substituted version of any of these groups;
X2 is hydrogen or —C(O)Ra, wherein: Ra is hydroxy, alkoxy(C≤8), or substituted alkoxy(C≤8); or
a compound of the formula:
wherein:
R4 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
R5 and R8 are each independently hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8);
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
R7 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups; or
a compound of the formula:
wherein:
R9 is alkyl(C≤12), aryl(C12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
R10 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
R11 is hydrogen or Y1—O—X1—OR12; wherein:
Y1 is alkanediyl(C≤8) or substituted alkanediyl(C≤8);
X1 is arenediyl(C≤12), heteroarenediyl(C≤12), or a substituted version of either of these groups;
R12 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
33. The compound of claim 32 further defined as:
wherein:
R1 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤18), heteroaryl(C≤12), alkylamino(C≤12), dialkylamino(C≤12), arylamino(C≤12), diarylamino(C≤12), aralkylamino(C≤18), diaralkylamino(C≤18), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
R2 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
X2 is hydrogen or —C(O)Ra, wherein: Ra is hydroxy, alkoxy(C≤8), or substituted alkoxy(C≤8);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
34. The compound of claim 32 further defined as:
35. The compound of claim 32 further defined as:
wherein:
R10 is hydrogen, alkyl(C≤8), or substituted alkyl(C≤8); and
R11 is hydrogen or Y1—O—X1—OR12; wherein:
Y1 is alkanediyl(C≤8) or substituted alkanediyl(C≤8);
X1 is arenediyl(C≤12), heteroarenediyl(C≤12), or a substituted version of either of these groups;
R12 is aryl(C≤12), aralkyl(C≤12), heteroaryl(C≤12), or a substituted version of any of these groups;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
36. The compound of claim 32 , wherein R2, R5, or R10 is hydrogen.
37. The compound of claim 36 , wherein R2, R5, and R10 are hydrogen.
38. The compound of claim 33 , wherein R1 is aralky(C≤18), aralkylamino(C≤18), or a substituted version of either group.
39. The compound of claim 34 , wherein R6 is hydroxy.
40. The compound of claim 34 , wherein R7 is aryl(C≤12).
41. The compound of claim 35 , wherein R11 is Y1—O—X1—OR12; wherein:
Y1 is alkanediyl(C≤8);
X1 is arenediyl(C≤12), or a substituted version of either of these groups;
R12 is aryl(C≤12) or substituted aryl(C≤12).
44. A pharmaceutical composition comprising:
(A) a compound according to any one of claims 32 -43 ; and
(B) an excipient.
45. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 44 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for administration: orally, nasally, buccally, corneally, rectally, vaginally, topically, intradermally, cutaneously, ocularly, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, intraarterially, or intravenously.
46. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 44 , wherein the pharmaceutical composition is formulated as a unit dose.
47. A method of inhibiting a hepatitis B virus RNaseH comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or composition according to any one of claims 32 -46 .
48. The method of claim 47 , wherein the method is performed in vitro.
49. The method of claim 47 , wherein the method is performed in vivo.
50. The method of claim 47 , wherein the method is performed ex vivo.
51. The method of claim 47 , wherein the method is sufficient to inhibit viral replication.
52. A method of inhibiting replication of a hepatitis B virus comprising contacting the virus with an effective amount of a compound or composition according to any one of claims 32 -46 .
53. The method of claim 52 , wherein the method is performed in vitro.
54. The method of claim 52 , wherein the method is performed in vivo.
55. The method of claim 52 , wherein the method is performed ex vivo.
56. The method of claim 52 , wherein the method is sufficient to treat an infection of a hepatitis B virus.
57. A method of treating an infection of a hepatitis B virus in a patient comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition according to any one of claims 32 -46 .
58. The method of claim 57 , wherein the method further comprises a second antiviral treatment.
59. The method of claim 58 , wherein the second antiviral therapy is interferon alfa-2b, lamivudine, adefovir, telbivudine, entercavir, or tenofovir.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US15/735,197 US20180169083A1 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2016-06-10 | Inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases and use in herpes and hepatitis viral infections therefor |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201562174385P | 2015-06-11 | 2015-06-11 | |
| US201662309303P | 2016-03-16 | 2016-03-16 | |
| US15/735,197 US20180169083A1 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2016-06-10 | Inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases and use in herpes and hepatitis viral infections therefor |
| PCT/US2016/036994 WO2016201306A2 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2016-06-10 | Inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases and use in herpes and hepatitis viral infections therefor |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2016/036994 A-371-Of-International WO2016201306A2 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2016-06-10 | Inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases and use in herpes and hepatitis viral infections therefor |
Related Child Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US16/533,204 Division US11191754B2 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2019-08-06 | Inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases and uses in herpes and hepatitis viral infections therefor |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20180169083A1 true US20180169083A1 (en) | 2018-06-21 |
Family
ID=57504102
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US15/735,197 Abandoned US20180169083A1 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2016-06-10 | Inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases and use in herpes and hepatitis viral infections therefor |
| US16/533,204 Active US11191754B2 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2019-08-06 | Inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases and uses in herpes and hepatitis viral infections therefor |
Family Applications After (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US16/533,204 Active US11191754B2 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2019-08-06 | Inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases and uses in herpes and hepatitis viral infections therefor |
Country Status (3)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US20180169083A1 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP3307255B1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2016201306A2 (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10980754B2 (en) | 2016-04-19 | 2021-04-20 | Saint Louis University | Anti-fungal compounds |
Families Citing this family (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10358447B2 (en) | 2017-12-04 | 2019-07-23 | Arbutus Biopharma Corporation | Substituted 2-N-hydroxy-1,3-dioxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyridines, and methods of making and using same |
| US10550084B2 (en) | 2017-12-04 | 2020-02-04 | Arbutus Biopharma Corporation | Substituted 1-hydroxy-pyridin-2(1H)-ones, and methods of making and using same |
Family Cites Families (10)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| DE3779352D1 (en) | 1986-04-18 | 1992-07-02 | Hoechst Ag | 1-HYDROXY-2-PYRIDONE, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, AND MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING IT, AND INTERMEDIATES PRODUCED IN THE PRODUCTION OF 1-HYDROXY-2-PYRIDONE. |
| JP2552870B2 (en) | 1986-08-21 | 1996-11-13 | 塩野義製薬株式会社 | Anti-mycoplasma agents and compounds with anti-mycoplasma activity |
| JP2001294574A (en) * | 2000-04-11 | 2001-10-23 | Suntory Ltd | Calcitonin receptor agent |
| WO2006134160A2 (en) | 2005-06-17 | 2006-12-21 | Symrise Gmbh & Co. Kg | Synergistic mixtures of aromatic alcohols and derivatives thereof and tropolone (derivatives) |
| US20100152301A1 (en) | 2005-12-01 | 2010-06-17 | Government Of The Us, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Treatment of Viral Infections |
| ES2402041T3 (en) * | 2007-08-31 | 2013-04-26 | Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | Combinations of imazalil and hydroxypyridones |
| EP3053441A1 (en) * | 2008-11-27 | 2016-08-10 | Janssen Pharmaceutica NV | Biocidal composition comprising a thiol group modulating enzyme inhibitor and pyrion compound |
| US8993768B2 (en) | 2011-05-11 | 2015-03-31 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Tropolone compounds for treating or preventing retroviral infection |
| US9790158B2 (en) | 2012-06-22 | 2017-10-17 | University Of Connecticut | Substituted tropolone derivatives and methods of use |
| EP3073824A4 (en) * | 2013-11-25 | 2017-10-25 | Saint Louis University | Inhibitors of hsv nucleotidyl transferases and uses therefor |
-
2016
- 2016-06-10 US US15/735,197 patent/US20180169083A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2016-06-10 WO PCT/US2016/036994 patent/WO2016201306A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2016-06-10 EP EP16808428.3A patent/EP3307255B1/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-08-06 US US16/533,204 patent/US11191754B2/en active Active
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10980754B2 (en) | 2016-04-19 | 2021-04-20 | Saint Louis University | Anti-fungal compounds |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2016201306A3 (en) | 2017-01-12 |
| US11191754B2 (en) | 2021-12-07 |
| EP3307255B1 (en) | 2024-11-20 |
| EP3307255A2 (en) | 2018-04-18 |
| US20190365731A1 (en) | 2019-12-05 |
| EP3307255A4 (en) | 2019-06-12 |
| WO2016201306A2 (en) | 2016-12-15 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US10596173B2 (en) | Combination therapy of an HBV capsid assembly inhibitor and an interferon | |
| US11420922B2 (en) | Hydroxylated tropolone inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases in herpesvirus and Hepatitis B and uses therefor | |
| US11191754B2 (en) | Inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases and uses in herpes and hepatitis viral infections therefor | |
| TWI720250B (en) | Combined treatment with a tlr7 agonist and an hbv capsid assembly inhibitor | |
| US11082386B2 (en) | 2′-fluoro-6′-methylene carbocyclic nucleosides and methods of treating viral infections | |
| KR20180039666A (en) | Pyrrolopyrimidine nucleosides useful as antiviral agents and analogs thereof | |
| US10463664B2 (en) | Inhibitors of HSV nucleotidyl transferases and uses therefor | |
| US20190070165A1 (en) | N-hydroxyisoquinolinedione inhibitors of hbv replication | |
| AP291A (en) | Use of a guanine derivative in the treatment of viral infections. | |
| US20220348546A1 (en) | Sulfur and amide tropolone inhibitors of nucleotidyl transferases and uses therefor | |
| WO2015085256A1 (en) | Branched chain acyclic nucleoside phosphonate esters and methods of synthesis and uses thereof | |
| Edwards | Discovery of Novel HBV Ribonuclease H Inhibitors and Evaluation of Resistance Mutations to Them | |
| US20130059812A1 (en) | Composition for treating chronic hepatitis b, containing clevudine and adefovir dipivoxil | |
| Brush | Validation of baboon Papiine herpesvirus 2 as a model for macaque macacine herpesvirus 1 drug sensitivity | |
| HK40007651A (en) | Combination therapy of an hbv capsid assembly inhibitor and a nucleos(t)ide analogue |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SAINT LOUIS UNIVERSITY, MISSOURI Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:TAVIS, JOHN EDWIN;MORRISON, LYNDA ANNE;MEYERS, MARVIN;SIGNING DATES FROM 20160711 TO 20160801;REEL/FRAME:045499/0137 |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |






















































